1 //===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TreeTransform.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/Designator.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/SemaFixItUtils.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
44 using namespace clang;
47 /// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, without
48 /// emitting diagnostics.
49 bool Sema::CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
50 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
51 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D))
54 // See if this is a deleted function.
55 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
59 // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it,
60 // then we can't use it either.
61 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType() &&
62 DeduceReturnType(FD, SourceLocation(), /*Diagnose*/false))
66 // See if this function is unavailable.
67 if (D->getAvailability() == AR_Unavailable &&
68 cast<Decl>(CurContext)->getAvailability() != AR_Unavailable)
74 static void DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
75 // Warn if this is used but marked unused.
76 if (D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
77 const Decl *DC = cast<Decl>(S.getCurObjCLexicalContext());
78 if (!DC->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
79 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_used_but_marked_unused) << D->getDeclName();
83 static AvailabilityResult DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(Sema &S,
84 NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
85 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass) {
86 // See if this declaration is unavailable or deprecated.
88 AvailabilityResult Result = D->getAvailability(&Message);
89 if (const EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
90 if (Result == AR_Available) {
91 const DeclContext *DC = ECD->getDeclContext();
92 if (const EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(DC))
93 Result = TheEnumDecl->getAvailability(&Message);
96 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCPDecl = 0;
97 if (Result == AR_Deprecated || Result == AR_Unavailable) {
98 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
99 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = MD->findPropertyDecl()) {
100 AvailabilityResult PDeclResult = PD->getAvailability(0);
101 if (PDeclResult == Result)
109 case AR_NotYetIntroduced:
113 S.EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Message, Loc, UnknownObjCClass, ObjCPDecl);
117 if (S.getCurContextAvailability() != AR_Unavailable) {
118 if (Message.empty()) {
119 if (!UnknownObjCClass) {
120 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
122 S.Diag(ObjCPDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_property_attribute)
123 << ObjCPDecl->getDeclName() << 1;
126 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable_fwdclass_message)
130 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unavailable_message)
131 << D->getDeclName() << Message;
132 S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here)
133 << isa<FunctionDecl>(D) << false;
135 S.Diag(ObjCPDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_property_attribute)
136 << ObjCPDecl->getDeclName() << 1;
143 /// \brief Emit a note explaining that this function is deleted or unavailable.
144 void Sema::NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *Decl) {
145 CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl);
147 if (Method && Method->isDeleted() && !Method->isDeletedAsWritten()) {
148 // If the method was explicitly defaulted, point at that declaration.
149 if (!Method->isImplicit())
150 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_implicitly_deleted);
152 // Try to diagnose why this special member function was implicitly
153 // deleted. This might fail, if that reason no longer applies.
154 CXXSpecialMember CSM = getSpecialMember(Method);
155 if (CSM != CXXInvalid)
156 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Method, CSM, /*Diagnose=*/true);
161 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here)
162 << 1 << Decl->isDeleted();
165 /// \brief Determine whether a FunctionDecl was ever declared with an
166 /// explicit storage class.
167 static bool hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(const FunctionDecl *D) {
168 for (FunctionDecl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(),
169 E = D->redecls_end();
171 if (I->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
177 /// \brief Check whether we're in an extern inline function and referring to a
178 /// variable or function with internal linkage (C11 6.7.4p3).
180 /// This is only a warning because we used to silently accept this code, but
181 /// in many cases it will not behave correctly. This is not enabled in C++ mode
182 /// because the restriction language is a bit weaker (C++11 [basic.def.odr]p6)
183 /// and so while there may still be user mistakes, most of the time we can't
184 /// prove that there are errors.
185 static void diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(Sema &S,
187 SourceLocation Loc) {
188 // This is disabled under C++; there are too many ways for this to fire in
189 // contexts where the warning is a false positive, or where it is technically
190 // correct but benign.
191 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
194 // Check if this is an inlined function or method.
195 FunctionDecl *Current = S.getCurFunctionDecl();
198 if (!Current->isInlined())
200 if (Current->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage)
203 // Check if the decl has internal linkage.
204 if (D->getLinkage() != InternalLinkage)
207 // Downgrade from ExtWarn to Extension if
208 // (1) the supposedly external inline function is in the main file,
209 // and probably won't be included anywhere else.
210 // (2) the thing we're referencing is a pure function.
211 // (3) the thing we're referencing is another inline function.
212 // This last can give us false negatives, but it's better than warning on
213 // wrappers for simple C library functions.
214 const FunctionDecl *UsedFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
215 bool DowngradeWarning = S.getSourceManager().isFromMainFile(Loc);
216 if (!DowngradeWarning && UsedFn)
217 DowngradeWarning = UsedFn->isInlined() || UsedFn->hasAttr<ConstAttr>();
219 S.Diag(Loc, DowngradeWarning ? diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline
220 : diag::warn_internal_in_extern_inline)
221 << /*IsVar=*/!UsedFn << D;
223 S.MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(Current);
225 S.Diag(D->getCanonicalDecl()->getLocation(),
226 diag::note_internal_decl_declared_here)
230 void Sema::MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *Cur) {
231 const FunctionDecl *First = Cur->getFirstDeclaration();
233 // Suggest "static" on the function, if possible.
234 if (!hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(First)) {
235 SourceLocation DeclBegin = First->getSourceRange().getBegin();
236 Diag(DeclBegin, diag::note_convert_inline_to_static)
237 << Cur << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DeclBegin, "static ");
241 /// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
242 /// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
244 /// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
245 /// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
246 /// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
247 /// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
248 /// function is being used.
250 /// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
251 /// referenced), false otherwise.
253 bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
254 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass) {
255 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
256 // If there were any diagnostics suppressed by template argument deduction,
258 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >::iterator
259 Pos = SuppressedDiagnostics.find(D->getCanonicalDecl());
260 if (Pos != SuppressedDiagnostics.end()) {
261 SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Suppressed = Pos->second;
262 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Suppressed.size(); I != N; ++I)
263 Diag(Suppressed[I].first, Suppressed[I].second);
265 // Clear out the list of suppressed diagnostics, so that we don't emit
266 // them again for this specialization. However, we don't obsolete this
267 // entry from the table, because we want to avoid ever emitting these
268 // diagnostics again.
273 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
274 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
275 Diag(Loc, diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
280 // See if this is a deleted function.
281 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
282 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
283 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
284 NoteDeletedFunction(FD);
288 // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it,
289 // then we can't use it either.
290 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType() &&
291 DeduceReturnType(FD, Loc))
294 DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(*this, D, Loc, UnknownObjCClass);
296 DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(*this, D, Loc);
298 diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(*this, D, Loc);
303 /// \brief Retrieve the message suffix that should be added to a
304 /// diagnostic complaining about the given function being deleted or
306 std::string Sema::getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
308 if (FD->getAvailability(&Message))
309 return ": " + Message;
311 return std::string();
314 /// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks whether a call or
315 /// message-send is to a declaration with the sentinel attribute, and
316 /// if so, it checks that the requirements of the sentinel are
318 void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
319 Expr **args, unsigned numArgs) {
320 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
324 // The number of formal parameters of the declaration.
325 unsigned numFormalParams;
327 // The kind of declaration. This is also an index into a %select in
329 enum CalleeType { CT_Function, CT_Method, CT_Block } calleeType;
331 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
332 numFormalParams = MD->param_size();
333 calleeType = CT_Method;
334 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
335 numFormalParams = FD->param_size();
336 calleeType = CT_Function;
337 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(D)) {
338 QualType type = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType();
339 const FunctionType *fn = 0;
340 if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
341 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
343 calleeType = CT_Function;
344 } else if (const BlockPointerType *ptr = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
345 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
346 calleeType = CT_Block;
351 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(fn)) {
352 numFormalParams = proto->getNumArgs();
360 // "nullPos" is the number of formal parameters at the end which
361 // effectively count as part of the variadic arguments. This is
362 // useful if you would prefer to not have *any* formal parameters,
363 // but the language forces you to have at least one.
364 unsigned nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
365 assert((nullPos == 0 || nullPos == 1) && "invalid null position on sentinel");
366 numFormalParams = (nullPos > numFormalParams ? 0 : numFormalParams - nullPos);
368 // The number of arguments which should follow the sentinel.
369 unsigned numArgsAfterSentinel = attr->getSentinel();
371 // If there aren't enough arguments for all the formal parameters,
372 // the sentinel, and the args after the sentinel, complain.
373 if (numArgs < numFormalParams + numArgsAfterSentinel + 1) {
374 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
375 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << calleeType;
379 // Otherwise, find the sentinel expression.
380 Expr *sentinelExpr = args[numArgs - numArgsAfterSentinel - 1];
381 if (!sentinelExpr) return;
382 if (sentinelExpr->isValueDependent()) return;
383 if (Context.isSentinelNullExpr(sentinelExpr)) return;
385 // Pick a reasonable string to insert. Optimistically use 'nil' or
386 // 'NULL' if those are actually defined in the context. Only use
387 // 'nil' for ObjC methods, where it's much more likely that the
388 // variadic arguments form a list of object pointers.
389 SourceLocation MissingNilLoc
390 = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(sentinelExpr->getLocEnd());
391 std::string NullValue;
392 if (calleeType == CT_Method &&
393 PP.getIdentifierInfo("nil")->hasMacroDefinition())
395 else if (PP.getIdentifierInfo("NULL")->hasMacroDefinition())
398 NullValue = "(void*) 0";
400 if (MissingNilLoc.isInvalid())
401 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << calleeType;
403 Diag(MissingNilLoc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel)
405 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(MissingNilLoc, ", " + NullValue);
406 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << calleeType;
409 SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(Expr *E) const {
410 return E ? E->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
413 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
414 // Standard Promotions and Conversions
415 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
417 /// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
418 ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E) {
419 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
420 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
421 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
422 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
426 QualType Ty = E->getType();
427 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
429 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
430 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
431 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).take();
432 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
433 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
434 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
435 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
436 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
437 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
438 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
441 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
442 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
444 if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E->isLValue())
445 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
446 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).take();
451 static void CheckForNullPointerDereference(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
452 // Check to see if we are dereferencing a null pointer. If so,
453 // and if not volatile-qualified, this is undefined behavior that the
454 // optimizer will delete, so warn about it. People sometimes try to use this
455 // to get a deterministic trap and are surprised by clang's behavior. This
456 // only handles the pattern "*null", which is a very syntactic check.
457 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
458 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref &&
459 UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenCasts()->
460 isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) &&
461 !UO->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
462 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
463 S.PDiag(diag::warn_indirection_through_null)
464 << UO->getSubExpr()->getSourceRange());
465 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
466 S.PDiag(diag::note_indirection_through_null));
470 static void DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(Sema &S, const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE,
471 SourceLocation AssignLoc,
473 const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = OIRE->getDecl();
477 DeclarationName MemberName = IV->getDeclName();
478 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
479 if (!Member || !Member->isStr("isa"))
482 const Expr *Base = OIRE->getBase();
483 QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
485 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
486 if (const ObjCObjectType *OTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
487 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = OTy->getInterface()) {
488 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared = 0;
489 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
490 if (!ClassDeclared->getSuperClass()
491 && (*ClassDeclared->ivar_begin()) == IV) {
493 NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass =
494 S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope,
495 &S.Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"),
496 SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName);
497 if (ObjectSetClass) {
498 SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = S.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS->getLocEnd());
499 S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) <<
500 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getLocStart(), "object_setClass(") <<
501 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(),
503 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")");
506 S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign);
508 NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass =
509 S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope,
510 &S.Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"),
511 SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName);
513 S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) <<
514 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getLocStart(), "object_getClass(") <<
515 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
516 SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(),
517 OIRE->getLocEnd()), ")");
519 S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use);
521 S.Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_ivar_decl);
526 ExprResult Sema::DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E) {
527 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
528 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
529 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
530 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
534 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
535 // A glvalue of a non-function, non-array type T can be
536 // converted to a prvalue.
537 if (!E->isGLValue()) return Owned(E);
539 QualType T = E->getType();
540 assert(!T.isNull() && "r-value conversion on typeless expression?");
542 // We don't want to throw lvalue-to-rvalue casts on top of
543 // expressions of certain types in C++.
544 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
545 (E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy ||
546 T->isDependentType() ||
550 // The C standard is actually really unclear on this point, and
551 // DR106 tells us what the result should be but not why. It's
552 // generally best to say that void types just doesn't undergo
553 // lvalue-to-rvalue at all. Note that expressions of unqualified
554 // 'void' type are never l-values, but qualified void can be.
558 // OpenCL usually rejects direct accesses to values of 'half' type.
559 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16 &&
561 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_load_store)
566 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, E);
567 if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
568 NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope,
569 &Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"),
570 SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName);
572 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) <<
573 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OISA->getLocStart(), "object_getClass(") <<
574 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
575 SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OISA->getIsaMemberLoc()), ")");
577 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use);
579 else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE =
580 dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
581 DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, SourceLocation(), /* Expr*/0);
583 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
584 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the prvalue is the
585 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
589 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
590 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
591 // type of the lvalue.
592 if (T.hasQualifiers())
593 T = T.getUnqualifiedType();
595 UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(E);
597 // Loading a __weak object implicitly retains the value, so we need a cleanup to
599 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
600 E->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)
601 ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
603 ExprResult Res = Owned(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_LValueToRValue,
607 // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version
608 // of the type of the lvalue ...
609 if (const AtomicType *Atomic = T->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
610 T = Atomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
611 Res = Owned(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic,
612 Res.get(), 0, VK_RValue));
618 ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E) {
619 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
622 Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.take());
629 /// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
630 /// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
631 /// sometimes suppressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
632 /// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
633 /// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
634 ExprResult Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E) {
635 // First, convert to an r-value.
636 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
641 QualType Ty = E->getType();
642 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
644 // Half FP have to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported
645 if (Ty->isHalfType() && !getLangOpts().NativeHalfType)
646 return ImpCastExprToType(Res.take(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast);
648 // Try to perform integral promotions if the object has a theoretically
650 if (Ty->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
653 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
654 // unsigned int may be used:
655 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
656 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
658 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
660 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
661 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
662 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
663 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
665 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(E);
667 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
670 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
671 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
672 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PT, CK_IntegralCast).take();
679 /// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
680 /// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float or __fp16
681 /// are promoted to double. All other argument types are converted by
682 /// UsualUnaryConversions().
683 ExprResult Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E) {
684 QualType Ty = E->getType();
685 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
687 ExprResult Res = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
692 // If this is a 'float' or '__fp16' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to
694 const BuiltinType *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
695 if (BTy && (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
696 BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float))
697 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.DoubleTy, CK_FloatingCast).take();
699 // C++ performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion as a default argument
700 // promotion, even on class types, but note:
701 // C++11 [conv.lval]p2:
702 // When an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion occurs in an unevaluated
703 // operand or a subexpression thereof the value contained in the
704 // referenced object is not accessed. Otherwise, if the glvalue
705 // has a class type, the conversion copy-initializes a temporary
706 // of type T from the glvalue and the result of the conversion
707 // is a prvalue for the temporary.
708 // FIXME: add some way to gate this entire thing for correctness in
709 // potentially potentially evaluated contexts.
710 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->isGLValue() && !isUnevaluatedContext()) {
711 ExprResult Temp = PerformCopyInitialization(
712 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(E->getType()),
715 if (Temp.isInvalid())
723 /// Determine the degree of POD-ness for an expression.
724 /// Incomplete types are considered POD, since this check can be performed
725 /// when we're in an unevaluated context.
726 Sema::VarArgKind Sema::isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty) {
727 if (Ty->isIncompleteType()) {
728 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
733 if (Ty.isCXX98PODType(Context))
736 // C++11 [expr.call]p7:
737 // Passing a potentially-evaluated argument of class type (Clause 9)
738 // having a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial move constructor,
739 // or a non-trivial destructor, with no corresponding parameter,
740 // is conditionally-supported with implementation-defined semantics.
741 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Ty->isDependentType())
742 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
743 if (!Record->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
744 !Record->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor() &&
745 !Record->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
746 return VAK_ValidInCXX11;
748 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Ty->isObjCLifetimeType())
753 bool Sema::variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT) {
754 // Don't allow one to pass an Objective-C interface to a vararg.
755 const QualType & Ty = E->getType();
757 // Complain about passing non-POD types through varargs.
758 switch (isValidVarArgType(Ty)) {
761 case VAK_ValidInCXX11:
762 DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), 0,
763 PDiag(diag::warn_cxx98_compat_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
764 << E->getType() << CT);
767 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
768 return DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), 0,
769 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
772 return DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), 0,
773 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
774 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << Ty << CT);
777 // c++ rules are enforced elsewhere.
781 /// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
782 /// will create a trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
783 ExprResult Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
784 FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
785 if (const BuiltinType *PlaceholderTy = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
786 // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable.
787 if (PlaceholderTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast &&
788 (CT == VariadicMethod ||
789 (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>()))) {
790 E = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
792 // Otherwise, do normal placeholder checking.
794 ExprResult ExprRes = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
795 if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
801 ExprResult ExprRes = DefaultArgumentPromotion(E);
802 if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
806 // Diagnostics regarding non-POD argument types are
807 // emitted along with format string checking in Sema::CheckFunctionCall().
808 if (isValidVarArgType(E->getType()) == VAK_Invalid) {
809 // Turn this into a trap.
811 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
813 Name.setIdentifier(PP.getIdentifierInfo("__builtin_trap"),
815 ExprResult TrapFn = ActOnIdExpression(TUScope, SS, TemplateKWLoc,
817 if (TrapFn.isInvalid())
820 ExprResult Call = ActOnCallExpr(TUScope, TrapFn.get(),
821 E->getLocStart(), None,
823 if (Call.isInvalid())
826 ExprResult Comma = ActOnBinOp(TUScope, E->getLocStart(), tok::comma,
828 if (Comma.isInvalid())
833 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
834 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
835 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument))
841 /// \brief Converts an integer to complex float type. Helper function of
842 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
844 /// \return false if the integer expression is an integer type and is
845 /// successfully converted to the complex type.
846 static bool handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &IntExpr,
847 ExprResult &ComplexExpr,
851 if (IntTy->isComplexType() || IntTy->isRealFloatingType()) return true;
852 if (SkipCast) return false;
853 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
854 QualType fpTy = cast<ComplexType>(ComplexTy)->getElementType();
855 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), fpTy, CK_IntegralToFloating);
856 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), ComplexTy,
857 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
859 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType());
860 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), ComplexTy,
861 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
866 /// \brief Takes two complex float types and converts them to the same type.
867 /// Helper function of UsualArithmeticConversions()
869 handleComplexFloatToComplexFloatConverstion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
870 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
873 int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
876 // _Complex float -> _Complex double
878 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
882 // _Complex float -> _Complex double
883 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
887 /// \brief Converts otherExpr to complex float and promotes complexExpr if
888 /// necessary. Helper function of UsualArithmeticConversions()
889 static QualType handleOtherComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S,
890 ExprResult &ComplexExpr,
891 ExprResult &OtherExpr,
894 bool ConvertComplexExpr,
895 bool ConvertOtherExpr) {
896 int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(ComplexTy, OtherTy);
898 // If just the complexExpr is complex, the otherExpr needs to be converted,
899 // and the complexExpr might need to be promoted.
900 if (order > 0) { // complexExpr is wider
901 // float -> _Complex double
902 if (ConvertOtherExpr) {
903 QualType fp = cast<ComplexType>(ComplexTy)->getElementType();
904 OtherExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr.take(), fp, CK_FloatingCast);
905 OtherExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr.take(), ComplexTy,
906 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
911 // otherTy is at least as wide. Find its corresponding complex type.
912 QualType result = (order == 0 ? ComplexTy :
913 S.Context.getComplexType(OtherTy));
915 // double -> _Complex double
916 if (ConvertOtherExpr)
917 OtherExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr.take(), result,
918 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
920 // _Complex float -> _Complex double
921 if (ConvertComplexExpr && order < 0)
922 ComplexExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(ComplexExpr.take(), result,
923 CK_FloatingComplexCast);
928 /// \brief Handle arithmetic conversion with complex types. Helper function of
929 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
930 static QualType handleComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
931 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
934 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
935 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
938 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
939 /*skipCast*/IsCompAssign))
942 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
943 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
944 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
945 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
946 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
947 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
948 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
949 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
950 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
951 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
953 bool LHSComplexFloat = LHSType->isComplexType();
954 bool RHSComplexFloat = RHSType->isComplexType();
956 // If both are complex, just cast to the more precise type.
957 if (LHSComplexFloat && RHSComplexFloat)
958 return handleComplexFloatToComplexFloatConverstion(S, LHS, RHS,
962 // If only one operand is complex, promote it if necessary and convert the
963 // other operand to complex.
965 return handleOtherComplexFloatConversion(
966 S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, /*convertComplexExpr*/!IsCompAssign,
967 /*convertOtherExpr*/ true);
969 assert(RHSComplexFloat);
970 return handleOtherComplexFloatConversion(
971 S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType, /*convertComplexExpr*/true,
972 /*convertOtherExpr*/ !IsCompAssign);
975 /// \brief Hande arithmetic conversion from integer to float. Helper function
976 /// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
977 static QualType handleIntToFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &FloatExpr,
979 QualType FloatTy, QualType IntTy,
980 bool ConvertFloat, bool ConvertInt) {
981 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
983 // Convert intExpr to the lhs floating point type.
984 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), FloatTy,
985 CK_IntegralToFloating);
989 // Convert both sides to the appropriate complex float.
990 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType());
991 QualType result = S.Context.getComplexType(FloatTy);
993 // _Complex int -> _Complex float
995 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), result,
996 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
998 // float -> _Complex float
1000 FloatExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(FloatExpr.take(), result,
1001 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
1006 /// \brief Handle arithmethic conversion with floating point types. Helper
1007 /// function of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1008 static QualType handleFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1009 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1010 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
1011 bool LHSFloat = LHSType->isRealFloatingType();
1012 bool RHSFloat = RHSType->isRealFloatingType();
1014 // If we have two real floating types, convert the smaller operand
1015 // to the bigger result.
1016 if (LHSFloat && RHSFloat) {
1017 int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1019 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
1023 assert(order < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
1025 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
1030 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1031 /*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign,
1032 /*convertInt=*/ true);
1034 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
1035 /*convertInt=*/ true,
1036 /*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign);
1039 typedef ExprResult PerformCastFn(Sema &S, Expr *operand, QualType toType);
1042 /// These helper callbacks are placed in an anonymous namespace to
1043 /// permit their use as function template parameters.
1044 ExprResult doIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) {
1045 return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, toType, CK_IntegralCast);
1048 ExprResult doComplexIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) {
1049 return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, S.Context.getComplexType(toType),
1050 CK_IntegralComplexCast);
1054 /// \brief Handle integer arithmetic conversions. Helper function of
1055 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
1056 template <PerformCastFn doLHSCast, PerformCastFn doRHSCast>
1057 static QualType handleIntegerConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1058 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1059 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
1060 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
1061 int order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1062 bool LHSSigned = LHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
1063 bool RHSSigned = RHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
1064 if (LHSSigned == RHSSigned) {
1065 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
1067 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.take(), LHSType);
1069 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1070 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.take(), RHSType);
1072 } else if (order != (LHSSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
1073 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
1074 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
1076 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.take(), LHSType);
1078 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1079 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.take(), RHSType);
1081 } else if (S.Context.getIntWidth(LHSType) != S.Context.getIntWidth(RHSType)) {
1082 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
1083 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
1084 // use the signed type.
1086 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.take(), LHSType);
1088 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1089 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.take(), RHSType);
1092 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
1093 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
1094 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
1095 // to the signed type.
1097 S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(LHSSigned ? LHSType : RHSType);
1098 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.take(), result);
1100 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.take(), result);
1105 /// \brief Handle conversions with GCC complex int extension. Helper function
1106 /// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1107 static QualType handleComplexIntConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1108 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1110 bool IsCompAssign) {
1111 const ComplexType *LHSComplexInt = LHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
1112 const ComplexType *RHSComplexInt = RHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
1114 if (LHSComplexInt && RHSComplexInt) {
1115 QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1116 QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1117 QualType ScalarType =
1118 handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast>
1119 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign);
1121 return S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1124 if (LHSComplexInt) {
1125 QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1126 QualType ScalarType =
1127 handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
1128 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSType, IsCompAssign);
1129 QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1130 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), ComplexType,
1131 CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
1136 assert(RHSComplexInt);
1138 QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1139 QualType ScalarType =
1140 handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast>
1141 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign);
1142 QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1145 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), ComplexType,
1146 CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
1150 /// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
1151 /// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
1152 /// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
1153 /// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
1154 QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
1155 bool IsCompAssign) {
1156 if (!IsCompAssign) {
1157 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.take());
1158 if (LHS.isInvalid())
1162 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.take());
1163 if (RHS.isInvalid())
1166 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
1167 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
1169 Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
1171 Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
1173 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any atomic qualifier on the LHS.
1174 if (const AtomicType *AtomicLHS = LHSType->getAs<AtomicType>())
1175 LHSType = AtomicLHS->getValueType();
1177 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
1178 if (LHSType == RHSType)
1181 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
1182 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
1183 if (!LHSType->isArithmeticType() || !RHSType->isArithmeticType())
1186 // Apply unary and bitfield promotions to the LHS's type.
1187 QualType LHSUnpromotedType = LHSType;
1188 if (LHSType->isPromotableIntegerType())
1189 LHSType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSType);
1190 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
1191 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
1192 LHSType = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
1193 if (LHSType != LHSUnpromotedType && !IsCompAssign)
1194 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast);
1196 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
1197 if (LHSType == RHSType)
1200 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
1202 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
1203 if (LHSType->isComplexType() || RHSType->isComplexType())
1204 return handleComplexFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1207 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
1208 if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType())
1209 return handleFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1212 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
1213 if (LHSType->isComplexIntegerType() || RHSType->isComplexIntegerType())
1214 return handleComplexIntConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1217 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
1218 return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
1219 (*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, IsCompAssign);
1223 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1224 // Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
1225 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1229 Sema::ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
1230 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
1231 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1232 Expr *ControllingExpr,
1233 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes,
1234 MultiExprArg ArgExprs) {
1235 unsigned NumAssocs = ArgTypes.size();
1236 assert(NumAssocs == ArgExprs.size());
1238 ParsedType *ParsedTypes = ArgTypes.data();
1239 Expr **Exprs = ArgExprs.data();
1241 TypeSourceInfo **Types = new TypeSourceInfo*[NumAssocs];
1242 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1244 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedTypes[i], &Types[i]);
1249 ExprResult ER = CreateGenericSelectionExpr(KeyLoc, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1250 ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs,
1257 Sema::CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
1258 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
1259 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1260 Expr *ControllingExpr,
1261 TypeSourceInfo **Types,
1263 unsigned NumAssocs) {
1264 if (ControllingExpr->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
1265 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ControllingExpr);
1266 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
1267 ControllingExpr = result.take();
1270 bool TypeErrorFound = false,
1271 IsResultDependent = ControllingExpr->isTypeDependent(),
1272 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack
1273 = ControllingExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack();
1275 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1276 if (Exprs[i]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
1277 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
1280 if (Types[i]->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
1281 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
1283 if (Types[i]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
1284 IsResultDependent = true;
1286 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The type name in a generic association shall specify a
1287 // complete object type other than a variably modified type."
1289 if (Types[i]->getType()->isIncompleteType())
1290 D = diag::err_assoc_type_incomplete;
1291 else if (!Types[i]->getType()->isObjectType())
1292 D = diag::err_assoc_type_nonobject;
1293 else if (Types[i]->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
1294 D = diag::err_assoc_type_variably_modified;
1297 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), D)
1298 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1299 << Types[i]->getType();
1300 TypeErrorFound = true;
1303 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "No two generic associations in the same generic
1304 // selection shall specify compatible types."
1305 for (unsigned j = i+1; j < NumAssocs; ++j)
1306 if (Types[j] && !Types[j]->getType()->isDependentType() &&
1307 Context.typesAreCompatible(Types[i]->getType(),
1308 Types[j]->getType())) {
1309 Diag(Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1310 diag::err_assoc_compatible_types)
1311 << Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1312 << Types[j]->getType()
1313 << Types[i]->getType();
1314 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1315 diag::note_compat_assoc)
1316 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1317 << Types[i]->getType();
1318 TypeErrorFound = true;
1326 // If we determined that the generic selection is result-dependent, don't
1327 // try to compute the result expression.
1328 if (IsResultDependent)
1329 return Owned(new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
1330 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr,
1331 llvm::makeArrayRef(Types, NumAssocs),
1332 llvm::makeArrayRef(Exprs, NumAssocs),
1333 DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack));
1335 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> CompatIndices;
1336 unsigned DefaultIndex = -1U;
1337 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1340 else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(ControllingExpr->getType(),
1341 Types[i]->getType()))
1342 CompatIndices.push_back(i);
1345 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The controlling expression of a generic selection shall have
1346 // type compatible with at most one of the types named in its generic
1347 // association list."
1348 if (CompatIndices.size() > 1) {
1349 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
1350 // parenthesized in macro definitions.
1351 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
1352 Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_multi_match)
1353 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType()
1354 << (unsigned) CompatIndices.size();
1355 for (SmallVector<unsigned, 1>::iterator I = CompatIndices.begin(),
1356 E = CompatIndices.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1357 Diag(Types[*I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1358 diag::note_compat_assoc)
1359 << Types[*I]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1360 << Types[*I]->getType();
1365 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "If a generic selection has no default generic association,
1366 // its controlling expression shall have type compatible with exactly one of
1367 // the types named in its generic association list."
1368 if (DefaultIndex == -1U && CompatIndices.size() == 0) {
1369 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
1370 // parenthesized in macro definitions.
1371 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
1372 Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_no_match)
1373 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType();
1377 // C11 6.5.1.1p3 "If a generic selection has a generic association with a
1378 // type name that is compatible with the type of the controlling expression,
1379 // then the result expression of the generic selection is the expression
1380 // in that generic association. Otherwise, the result expression of the
1381 // generic selection is the expression in the default generic association."
1382 unsigned ResultIndex =
1383 CompatIndices.size() ? CompatIndices[0] : DefaultIndex;
1385 return Owned(new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
1386 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr,
1387 llvm::makeArrayRef(Types, NumAssocs),
1388 llvm::makeArrayRef(Exprs, NumAssocs),
1389 DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack,
1393 /// getUDSuffixLoc - Create a SourceLocation for a ud-suffix, given the
1394 /// location of the token and the offset of the ud-suffix within it.
1395 static SourceLocation getUDSuffixLoc(Sema &S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
1397 return Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(TokLoc, Offset, S.getSourceManager(),
1401 /// BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall - A user-defined literal was found. Look up
1402 /// the corresponding cooked (non-raw) literal operator, and build a call to it.
1403 static ExprResult BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(Sema &S, Scope *Scope,
1404 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix,
1405 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc,
1406 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
1407 SourceLocation LitEndLoc) {
1408 assert(Args.size() <= 2 && "too many arguments for literal operator");
1411 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
1412 ArgTy[ArgIdx] = Args[ArgIdx]->getType();
1413 if (ArgTy[ArgIdx]->isArrayType())
1414 ArgTy[ArgIdx] = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(ArgTy[ArgIdx]);
1417 DeclarationName OpName =
1418 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
1419 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
1420 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
1422 LookupResult R(S, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
1423 if (S.LookupLiteralOperator(Scope, R, llvm::makeArrayRef(ArgTy, Args.size()),
1424 /*AllowRawAndTemplate*/false) == Sema::LOLR_Error)
1427 return S.BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, LitEndLoc);
1430 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
1431 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
1432 /// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
1433 /// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
1437 Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
1439 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
1441 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
1442 if (Literal.hadError)
1445 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
1446 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
1447 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
1449 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
1450 if (Literal.isWide())
1451 StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
1452 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
1453 StrTy = Context.Char16Ty;
1454 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
1455 StrTy = Context.Char32Ty;
1456 else if (Literal.isPascal())
1457 StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
1459 StringLiteral::StringKind Kind = StringLiteral::Ascii;
1460 if (Literal.isWide())
1461 Kind = StringLiteral::Wide;
1462 else if (Literal.isUTF8())
1463 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF8;
1464 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
1465 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF16;
1466 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
1467 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF32;
1469 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
1470 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || getLangOpts().ConstStrings)
1473 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
1474 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
1476 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
1477 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
1478 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1480 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
1481 StringLiteral *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
1482 Kind, Literal.Pascal, StrTy,
1484 StringTokLocs.size());
1485 if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty())
1488 // We're building a user-defined literal.
1489 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
1490 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
1491 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, StringTokLocs[Literal.getUDSuffixToken()],
1492 Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
1494 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
1496 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_string_udl));
1498 // C++11 [lex.ext]p5: The literal L is treated as a call of the form
1499 // operator "" X (str, len)
1500 QualType SizeType = Context.getSizeType();
1501 llvm::APInt Len(Context.getIntWidth(SizeType), Literal.GetNumStringChars());
1502 IntegerLiteral *LenArg = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Len, SizeType,
1504 Expr *Args[] = { Lit, LenArg };
1505 return BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(*this, UDLScope, UDSuffix, UDSuffixLoc,
1506 Args, StringTokLocs.back());
1510 Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
1512 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
1513 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(D->getDeclName(), Loc);
1514 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, SS);
1517 /// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build an expression that references a
1518 /// declaration that does not require a closure capture.
1520 Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
1521 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1522 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *FoundD) {
1523 if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
1524 if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext))
1525 if (const FunctionDecl *Callee = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1526 CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
1527 CalleeTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee);
1528 if (CheckCUDATarget(CallerTarget, CalleeTarget)) {
1529 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_ref_bad_target)
1530 << CalleeTarget << D->getIdentifier() << CallerTarget;
1531 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1532 << D->getIdentifier();
1537 bool refersToEnclosingScope =
1538 (CurContext != D->getDeclContext() &&
1539 D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
1541 DeclRefExpr *E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
1542 SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)
1543 : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
1545 D, refersToEnclosingScope,
1546 NameInfo, Ty, VK, FoundD);
1548 MarkDeclRefReferenced(E);
1550 if (getLangOpts().ObjCARCWeak && isa<VarDecl>(D) &&
1551 Ty.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
1552 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
1553 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
1555 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1556 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E);
1559 // Just in case we're building an illegal pointer-to-member.
1560 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D);
1561 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
1562 E->setObjectKind(OK_BitField);
1567 /// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationNameInfo, its location, and
1568 /// possibly a list of template arguments.
1570 /// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
1571 /// DecomposeTemplateName.
1573 /// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
1574 /// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
1577 Sema::DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
1578 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
1579 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1580 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
1581 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
1582 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
1583 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
1585 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
1586 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
1587 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
1589 TemplateName TName = Id.TemplateId->Template.get();
1590 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
1591 NameInfo = Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
1592 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
1594 NameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
1599 /// Diagnose an empty lookup.
1601 /// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
1602 bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
1603 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
1604 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1605 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
1606 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
1608 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
1609 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
1610 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
1611 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
1612 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
1613 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
1614 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
1617 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
1618 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
1619 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
1621 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isEmpty() && !CallsUndergoingInstantiation.empty())
1624 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
1625 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1628 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
1629 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1631 // During a default argument instantiation the CurContext points
1632 // to a CXXMethodDecl; but we can't apply a this-> fixit inside a
1633 // function parameter list, hence add an explicit check.
1634 bool isDefaultArgument = !ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1635 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.back().Kind ==
1636 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation;
1637 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
1638 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
1639 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
1640 DC == CurMethod->getParent() && !isDefaultArgument;
1643 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
1644 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
1645 // Actually quite difficult!
1646 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
1647 diagnostic = diag::warn_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup;
1649 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
1650 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
1651 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(
1652 CallsUndergoingInstantiation.back()->getCallee());
1654 CXXMethodDecl *DepMethod;
1655 if (CurMethod->isDependentContext())
1656 DepMethod = CurMethod;
1657 else if (CurMethod->getTemplatedKind() ==
1658 FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplateSpecialization)
1659 DepMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurMethod->getPrimaryTemplate()->
1660 getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl());
1662 DepMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(
1663 CurMethod->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction());
1664 assert(DepMethod && "No template pattern found");
1666 QualType DepThisType = DepMethod->getThisType(Context);
1667 CheckCXXThisCapture(R.getNameLoc());
1668 CXXThisExpr *DepThis = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(
1669 R.getNameLoc(), DepThisType, false);
1670 TemplateArgumentListInfo TList;
1671 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
1672 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TList);
1675 SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc());
1676 CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *DepExpr =
1677 CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(
1678 Context, DepThis, DepThisType, true, SourceLocation(),
1679 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
1680 ULE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), 0,
1681 R.getLookupNameInfo(),
1682 ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() ? &TList : 0);
1683 CallsUndergoingInstantiation.back()->setCallee(DepExpr);
1685 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1688 // Do we really want to note all of these?
1689 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1690 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
1692 // Return true if we are inside a default argument instantiation
1693 // and the found name refers to an instance member function, otherwise
1694 // the function calling DiagnoseEmptyLookup will try to create an
1695 // implicit member call and this is wrong for default argument.
1696 if (isDefaultArgument && ((*R.begin())->isCXXInstanceMember())) {
1697 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_member_call_without_object);
1701 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
1708 // In Microsoft mode, if we are performing lookup from within a friend
1709 // function definition declared at class scope then we must set
1710 // DC to the lexical parent to be able to search into the parent
1712 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) &&
1713 cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)->getFriendObjectKind() &&
1714 DC->getLexicalParent()->isRecord())
1715 DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1717 DC = DC->getParent();
1720 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
1721 TypoCorrection Corrected;
1722 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(),
1724 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
1725 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
1726 R.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
1728 if (NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl()) {
1729 if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) {
1730 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(R.getNameLoc());
1731 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1732 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CD = Corrected.begin(),
1733 CDEnd = Corrected.end();
1734 CD != CDEnd; ++CD) {
1735 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD =
1736 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*CD))
1737 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
1738 FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, AS_none), ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1740 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CD))
1741 if (!ExplicitTemplateArgs || ExplicitTemplateArgs->size() == 0)
1742 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none),
1745 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
1747 ND = Best->Function;
1754 if (isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) {
1756 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
1757 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(), CorrectedStr);
1759 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
1760 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
1762 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(),
1765 unsigned diag = isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(ND)
1766 ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl
1767 : diag::note_previous_decl;
1769 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag)
1770 << CorrectedQuotedStr;
1772 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
1776 if (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) {
1777 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
1778 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
1779 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
1780 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
1781 // to recover well anyway.
1783 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest)
1784 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr;
1786 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
1787 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
1790 // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
1794 // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it
1795 // because we aren't able to recover.
1797 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr;
1799 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
1800 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
1807 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1808 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1809 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
1810 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
1811 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
1816 // Give up, we can't recover.
1817 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1821 ExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
1823 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
1825 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1826 bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1827 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
1828 assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
1829 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
1834 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
1836 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
1837 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
1838 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
1839 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
1841 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
1842 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
1843 SourceLocation NameLoc = NameInfo.getLoc();
1845 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1846 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1847 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1848 // (note: handled after lookup)
1849 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
1850 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
1851 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1852 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1853 // names a dependent type.
1854 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
1855 // we need to handle these differently.
1856 bool DependentID = false;
1857 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1858 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) {
1860 } else if (SS.isSet()) {
1861 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) {
1862 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
1870 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
1871 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
1873 // Perform the required lookup.
1874 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo,
1875 (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam)
1876 ? LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam : LookupOrdinaryName);
1878 // Lookup the template name again to correctly establish the context in
1879 // which it was found. This is really unfortunate as we already did the
1880 // lookup to determine that it was a template name in the first place. If
1881 // this becomes a performance hit, we can work harder to preserve those
1882 // results until we get here but it's likely not worth it.
1883 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
1884 LookupTemplateName(R, S, SS, QualType(), /*EnteringContext=*/false,
1885 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
1887 if (MemberOfUnknownSpecialization ||
1888 (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation))
1889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
1890 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
1892 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = II && !SS.isSet() && getCurMethodDecl();
1893 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
1895 // If the result might be in a dependent base class, this is a dependent
1897 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
1898 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
1899 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
1901 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
1902 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
1903 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
1904 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
1908 if (Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>())
1913 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1916 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
1917 // argument-dependent lookup.
1918 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
1920 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
1921 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
1922 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1923 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1924 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1925 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1928 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1929 // call, diagnose the problem.
1931 // In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class member function
1932 // whose parent class has dependent base classes, and we can't resolve
1933 // an identifier, then assume the identifier is type dependent. The
1934 // goal is to postpone name lookup to instantiation time to be able to
1935 // search into the type dependent base classes.
1936 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
1937 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
1938 if (MD && MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases())
1939 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
1940 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
1943 CorrectionCandidateCallback DefaultValidator;
1944 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, CCC ? *CCC : DefaultValidator))
1947 assert(!R.empty() &&
1948 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
1950 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1951 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
1952 // reference the ivar.
1953 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1955 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
1956 // In a hopelessly buggy code, Objective-C instance variable
1957 // lookup fails and no expression will be built to reference it.
1958 if (!E.isInvalid() && !E.get())
1965 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1966 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1968 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1969 // C++ [class.mfct.non-static]p3:
1970 // When an id-expression that is not part of a class member access
1971 // syntax and not used to form a pointer to member is used in the
1972 // body of a non-static member function of class X, if name lookup
1973 // resolves the name in the id-expression to a non-static non-type
1974 // member of some class C, the id-expression is transformed into a
1975 // class member access expression using (*this) as the
1976 // postfix-expression to the left of the . operator.
1978 // But we don't actually need to do this for '&' operands if R
1979 // resolved to a function or overloaded function set, because the
1980 // expression is ill-formed if it actually works out to be a
1981 // non-static member function:
1983 // C++ [expr.ref]p4:
1984 // Otherwise, if E1.E2 refers to a non-static member function. . .
1985 // [t]he expression can be used only as the left-hand operand of a
1986 // member function call.
1988 // There are other safeguards against such uses, but it's important
1989 // to get this right here so that we don't end up making a
1990 // spuriously dependent expression if we're inside a dependent
1992 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
1993 bool MightBeImplicitMember;
1994 if (!IsAddressOfOperand)
1995 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
1996 else if (!SS.isEmpty())
1997 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
1998 else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
1999 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
2000 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
2001 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
2003 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) ||
2004 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
2006 if (MightBeImplicitMember)
2007 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc,
2011 if (TemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid())
2012 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, ADL, TemplateArgs);
2014 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
2017 /// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
2018 /// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
2019 /// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
2022 Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2023 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2024 bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
2025 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2027 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2028 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
2030 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
2033 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
2034 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
2036 if (R.isAmbiguous())
2039 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
2040 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2041 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
2044 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
2045 << NameInfo.getName() << DC << SS.getRange();
2049 // Defend against this resolving to an implicit member access. We usually
2050 // won't get here if this might be a legitimate a class member (we end up in
2051 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr instead), but this can be valid if we're forming
2052 // a pointer-to-member or in an unevaluated context in C++11.
2053 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember() && !IsAddressOfOperand)
2054 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS,
2055 /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2056 R, /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
2058 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /* ADL */ false);
2061 /// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
2062 /// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
2063 /// additional lookup.
2065 /// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
2066 /// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
2068 /// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
2070 Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
2071 IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
2072 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
2073 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
2075 // Check for error condition which is already reported.
2079 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
2080 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
2081 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
2082 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
2083 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
2085 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
2086 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
2087 // ivar, that's an error.
2088 bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();
2092 LookForIvars = true;
2093 else if (IsClassMethod)
2094 LookForIvars = false;
2096 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
2097 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
2098 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0;
2100 IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
2101 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2102 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = 0;
2103 if (IFace && (IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared))) {
2104 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
2106 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
2107 << IV->getDeclName());
2109 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
2110 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
2111 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2114 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
2115 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
2118 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
2119 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
2120 !declaresSameEntity(ClassDeclared, IFace) &&
2121 !getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport)
2122 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2124 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
2125 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
2126 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
2127 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
2128 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
2129 SelfName.setKind(UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam);
2130 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
2131 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
2132 ExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec, TemplateKWLoc,
2133 SelfName, false, false);
2134 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
2137 SelfExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(SelfExpr.take());
2138 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
2141 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, IV, true);
2143 ObjCMethodFamily MF = CurMethod->getMethodFamily();
2144 if (MF != OMF_init && MF != OMF_dealloc && MF != OMF_finalize &&
2145 !IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(IFace, CurMethod, IV))
2146 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_direct_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2148 ObjCIvarRefExpr *Result = new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2149 Loc, IV->getLocation(),
2153 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
2154 if (IV->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
2155 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
2156 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc);
2157 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
2158 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(Result);
2160 if (CurContext->isClosure())
2161 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self)
2162 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "self->");
2165 return Owned(Result);
2167 } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
2168 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
2169 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) {
2170 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2171 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
2172 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
2173 declaresSameEntity(IFace, ClassDeclared))
2174 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
2177 } else if (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
2178 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
2179 // If accessing a stand-alone ivar in a class method, this is an error.
2180 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Lookup.getFoundDecl()))
2181 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
2182 << IV->getDeclName());
2185 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
2186 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
2187 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
2188 if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2189 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
2190 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
2191 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
2192 Lookup.getNameLoc());
2193 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
2197 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
2198 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
2201 /// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
2203 /// Logically this happens in three phases:
2205 /// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
2206 /// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
2207 /// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
2208 /// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
2210 /// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
2211 /// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
2212 /// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
2213 /// the class declaring the member.
2215 /// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
2216 /// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
2217 /// obey access control.
2219 Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2220 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2221 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2222 NamedDecl *Member) {
2223 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
2227 QualType DestRecordType;
2229 QualType FromRecordType;
2230 QualType FromType = From->getType();
2231 bool PointerConversions = false;
2232 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
2233 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
2235 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2236 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
2237 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
2238 PointerConversions = true;
2240 DestType = DestRecordType;
2241 FromRecordType = FromType;
2243 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
2244 if (Method->isStatic())
2247 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2248 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
2250 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2251 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
2252 PointerConversions = true;
2254 FromRecordType = FromType;
2255 DestType = DestRecordType;
2258 // No conversion necessary.
2262 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
2265 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
2266 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
2269 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
2270 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
2272 ExprValueKind VK = From->getValueKind();
2274 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
2275 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
2278 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
2279 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
2280 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
2281 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
2283 // class Base { public: int x; };
2284 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
2285 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
2286 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
2288 // void VeryDerived::f() {
2289 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
2290 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
2293 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
2294 assert(!QType.isNull() && "lookup done with dependent qualifier?");
2295 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
2297 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
2299 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
2300 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
2301 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
2302 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
2303 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2304 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
2305 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
2308 if (PointerConversions)
2309 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
2310 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2311 VK, &BasePath).take();
2314 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
2316 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
2318 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
2323 bool IgnoreAccess = false;
2325 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
2326 // down to the using declaration's type.
2328 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
2329 // class ever has member declarations.
2330 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
2331 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
2332 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
2333 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
2335 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
2336 // conversion is non-trivial.
2337 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
2338 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, URecordType));
2339 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2340 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
2341 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
2344 QualType UType = URecordType;
2345 if (PointerConversions)
2346 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
2347 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2348 VK, &BasePath).take();
2350 FromRecordType = URecordType;
2353 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
2354 // declaring class to the true declaring class.
2355 IgnoreAccess = true;
2358 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2359 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, DestRecordType,
2360 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath,
2364 return ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2368 bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2369 const LookupResult &R,
2370 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2371 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
2372 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
2375 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
2379 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
2380 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2383 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
2385 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2388 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2389 // -- a declaration of a class member
2390 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
2392 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
2395 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2396 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
2397 // using-declaration
2398 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
2399 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
2400 // turn off ADL anyway).
2401 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2402 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
2403 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2406 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2407 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
2409 // And also for builtin functions.
2410 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2411 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
2413 // But also builtin functions.
2414 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
2416 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
2424 /// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
2425 /// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
2426 /// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
2427 /// will in fact be used.
2428 static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
2429 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
2430 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
2434 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
2435 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
2439 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
2440 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
2448 Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2451 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
2452 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
2453 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
2454 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getFoundDecl(),
2455 R.getRepresentativeDecl());
2457 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
2458 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
2459 // functions and function templates.
2460 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
2461 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
2464 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
2465 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
2466 // we've picked a target.
2467 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2469 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
2470 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, R.getNamingClass(),
2471 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
2472 R.getLookupNameInfo(),
2473 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult(),
2474 R.begin(), R.end());
2479 /// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
2481 Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2482 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2483 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD) {
2484 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
2485 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
2486 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
2488 SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2489 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
2492 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
2493 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
2494 // a template argument list.
2495 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
2496 << Template << SS.getRange();
2497 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
2501 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
2502 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
2504 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
2505 << D << SS.getRange();
2506 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
2510 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
2511 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
2512 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
2513 // that overload resolution actually selects.
2514 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
2517 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
2518 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
2521 // Handle members of anonymous structs and unions. If we got here,
2522 // and the reference is to a class member indirect field, then this
2523 // must be the subject of a pointer-to-member expression.
2524 if (IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2525 if (!indirectField->isCXXClassMember())
2526 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SS, NameInfo.getLoc(),
2530 QualType type = VD->getType();
2531 ExprValueKind valueKind = VK_RValue;
2533 switch (D->getKind()) {
2534 // Ignore all the non-ValueDecl kinds.
2535 #define ABSTRACT_DECL(kind)
2536 #define VALUE(type, base)
2537 #define DECL(type, base) \
2539 #include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
2540 llvm_unreachable("invalid value decl kind");
2542 // These shouldn't make it here.
2543 case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField:
2544 case Decl::ObjCIvar:
2545 llvm_unreachable("forming non-member reference to ivar?");
2547 // Enum constants are always r-values and never references.
2548 // Unresolved using declarations are dependent.
2549 case Decl::EnumConstant:
2550 case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
2551 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2554 // Fields and indirect fields that got here must be for
2555 // pointer-to-member expressions; we just call them l-values for
2556 // internal consistency, because this subexpression doesn't really
2557 // exist in the high-level semantics.
2559 case Decl::IndirectField:
2560 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2561 "building reference to field in C?");
2563 // These can't have reference type in well-formed programs, but
2564 // for internal consistency we do this anyway.
2565 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
2566 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2569 // Non-type template parameters are either l-values or r-values
2570 // depending on the type.
2571 case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: {
2572 if (const ReferenceType *reftype = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
2573 type = reftype->getPointeeType();
2574 valueKind = VK_LValue; // even if the parameter is an r-value reference
2578 // For non-references, we need to strip qualifiers just in case
2579 // the template parameter was declared as 'const int' or whatever.
2580 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2581 type = type.getUnqualifiedType();
2586 // In C, "extern void blah;" is valid and is an r-value.
2587 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2588 !type.hasQualifiers() &&
2589 type->isVoidType()) {
2590 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2595 case Decl::ImplicitParam:
2596 case Decl::ParmVar: {
2597 // These are always l-values.
2598 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2599 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
2601 // FIXME: Does the addition of const really only apply in
2602 // potentially-evaluated contexts? Since the variable isn't actually
2603 // captured in an unevaluated context, it seems that the answer is no.
2604 if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) {
2605 QualType CapturedType = getCapturedDeclRefType(cast<VarDecl>(VD), Loc);
2606 if (!CapturedType.isNull())
2607 type = CapturedType;
2613 case Decl::Function: {
2614 if (unsigned BID = cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->getBuiltinID()) {
2615 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
2616 type = Context.BuiltinFnTy;
2617 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2622 const FunctionType *fty = type->castAs<FunctionType>();
2624 // If we're referring to a function with an __unknown_anytype
2625 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
2626 if (fty->getResultType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
2627 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
2628 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2632 // Functions are l-values in C++.
2633 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2634 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2638 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
2639 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
2640 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
2641 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
2643 if (!cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->hasPrototype() &&
2644 isa<FunctionProtoType>(fty))
2645 type = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(fty->getResultType(),
2648 // Functions are r-values in C.
2649 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2653 case Decl::MSProperty:
2654 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2657 case Decl::CXXMethod:
2658 // If we're referring to a method with an __unknown_anytype
2659 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
2660 // This should only be possible with a type written directly.
2661 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto
2662 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(VD->getType()))
2663 if (proto->getResultType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
2664 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
2665 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2669 // C++ methods are l-values if static, r-values if non-static.
2670 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isStatic()) {
2671 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2676 case Decl::CXXConversion:
2677 case Decl::CXXDestructor:
2678 case Decl::CXXConstructor:
2679 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2683 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, type, valueKind, NameInfo, &SS, FoundD);
2687 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
2688 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
2691 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown simple primary expr!");
2692 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
2693 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
2694 case tok::kw_L__FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::LFunction; break;
2695 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
2698 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
2701 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
2702 // Blocks and lambdas can occur at global scope. Don't emit a warning.
2704 if (const BlockScopeInfo *BSI = getCurBlock())
2705 currentDecl = BSI->TheDecl;
2706 else if (const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda())
2707 currentDecl = LSI->CallOperator;
2711 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
2712 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2716 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
2717 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
2719 unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length();
2721 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
2722 if (IT == PredefinedExpr::LFunction)
2723 ResTy = Context.WCharTy.withConst();
2725 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
2726 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
2728 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
2731 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) {
2732 SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
2733 bool Invalid = false;
2734 StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
2738 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
2740 if (Literal.hadError())
2744 if (Literal.isWide())
2745 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C and C++.
2746 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
2747 Ty = Context.Char16Ty; // u'x' -> char16_t in C11 and C++11.
2748 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
2749 Ty = Context.Char32Ty; // U'x' -> char32_t in C11 and C++11.
2750 else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Literal.isMultiChar())
2751 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' -> int in C, 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
2753 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
2755 CharacterLiteral::CharacterKind Kind = CharacterLiteral::Ascii;
2756 if (Literal.isWide())
2757 Kind = CharacterLiteral::Wide;
2758 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
2759 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF16;
2760 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
2761 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF32;
2763 Expr *Lit = new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), Kind, Ty,
2766 if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty())
2769 // We're building a user-defined literal.
2770 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
2771 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
2772 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
2774 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
2776 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_character_udl));
2778 // C++11 [lex.ext]p6: The literal L is treated as a call of the form
2779 // operator "" X (ch)
2780 return BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(*this, UDLScope, UDSuffix, UDSuffixLoc,
2781 Lit, Tok.getLocation());
2784 ExprResult Sema::ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val) {
2785 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
2786 return Owned(IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val),
2787 Context.IntTy, Loc));
2790 static Expr *BuildFloatingLiteral(Sema &S, NumericLiteralParser &Literal,
2791 QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) {
2792 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
2794 using llvm::APFloat;
2795 APFloat Val(Format);
2797 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
2799 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
2800 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
2801 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
2802 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
2803 unsigned diagnostic;
2804 SmallString<20> buffer;
2805 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
2806 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
2807 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
2809 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
2810 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
2813 S.Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
2815 << StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
2818 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
2819 return FloatingLiteral::Create(S.Context, Val, isExact, Ty, Loc);
2822 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) {
2823 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
2824 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or suffix.
2825 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
2826 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
2827 return ActOnIntegerConstant(Tok.getLocation(), Val-'0');
2830 SmallString<128> SpellingBuffer;
2831 // NumericLiteralParser wants to overread by one character. Add padding to
2832 // the buffer in case the token is copied to the buffer. If getSpelling()
2833 // returns a StringRef to the memory buffer, it should have a null char at
2834 // the EOF, so it is also safe.
2835 SpellingBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength() + 1);
2837 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
2838 bool Invalid = false;
2839 StringRef TokSpelling = PP.getSpelling(Tok, SpellingBuffer, &Invalid);
2843 NumericLiteralParser Literal(TokSpelling, Tok.getLocation(), PP);
2844 if (Literal.hadError)
2847 if (Literal.hasUDSuffix()) {
2848 // We're building a user-defined literal.
2849 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
2850 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
2851 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
2853 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
2855 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_numeric_udl));
2858 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
2859 // C++11 [lex.ext]p4: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type
2860 // long double, the literal is treated as a call of the form
2861 // operator "" X (f L)
2862 CookedTy = Context.LongDoubleTy;
2864 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type
2865 // unsigned long long, the literal is treated as a call of the form
2866 // operator "" X (n ULL)
2867 CookedTy = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
2870 DeclarationName OpName =
2871 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
2872 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
2873 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
2875 // Perform literal operator lookup to determine if we're building a raw
2876 // literal or a cooked one.
2877 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2878 switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, CookedTy,
2879 /*AllowRawAndTemplate*/true)) {
2885 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
2886 Lit = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, CookedTy, Tok.getLocation());
2888 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(), 0);
2889 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal))
2890 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
2891 Lit = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, CookedTy,
2894 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit,
2899 // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a raw literal operator, the
2900 // literal is treated as a call of the form
2901 // operator "" X ("n")
2902 SourceLocation TokLoc = Tok.getLocation();
2903 unsigned Length = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset();
2904 QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(
2905 Context.CharTy.withConst(), llvm::APInt(32, Length + 1),
2906 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
2907 Expr *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(
2908 Context, StringRef(TokSpelling.data(), Length), StringLiteral::Ascii,
2909 /*Pascal*/false, StrTy, &TokLoc, 1);
2910 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc);
2914 // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: Otherwise (S contains a literal operator
2915 // template), L is treated as a call fo the form
2916 // operator "" X <'c1', 'c2', ... 'ck'>()
2917 // where n is the source character sequence c1 c2 ... ck.
2918 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs;
2919 unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(Context.CharTy);
2920 bool CharIsUnsigned = Context.CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType();
2921 llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned);
2922 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset(); I != N; ++I) {
2923 Value = TokSpelling[I];
2924 TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, Context.CharTy);
2925 TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo;
2926 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo));
2928 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, Tok.getLocation(),
2932 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
2937 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
2939 if (Literal.isFloat)
2940 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
2941 else if (!Literal.isLong)
2942 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
2944 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
2946 Res = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
2948 if (Ty == Context.DoubleTy) {
2949 if (getLangOpts().SinglePrecisionConstants) {
2950 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).take();
2951 } else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp64) {
2952 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_double_const_requires_fp64);
2953 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).take();
2956 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
2961 // 'long long' is a C99 or C++11 feature.
2962 if (!getLangOpts().C99 && Literal.isLongLong) {
2963 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2964 Diag(Tok.getLocation(),
2965 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
2966 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_longlong : diag::ext_cxx11_longlong);
2968 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_longlong);
2971 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
2972 unsigned MaxWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntMaxTWidth();
2973 // The microsoft literal suffix extensions support 128-bit literals, which
2974 // may be wider than [u]intmax_t.
2975 // FIXME: Actually, they don't. We seem to have accidentally invented the
2977 if (Literal.isMicrosoftInteger && MaxWidth < 128 &&
2978 PP.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type())
2980 llvm::APInt ResultVal(MaxWidth, 0);
2982 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
2983 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
2984 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
2985 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
2986 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
2987 "long long is not intmax_t?");
2989 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
2990 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
2992 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
2993 // be an unsigned int.
2994 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
2996 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
2998 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
2999 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
3000 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
3002 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
3003 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
3004 // Does it fit in a signed int?
3005 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
3007 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3008 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
3013 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
3014 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
3015 unsigned LongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
3017 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
3018 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
3019 // Does it fit in a signed long?
3020 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
3021 Ty = Context.LongTy;
3022 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3023 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
3028 // Check long long if needed.
3030 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3032 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
3033 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
3034 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
3035 // To be compatible with MSVC, hex integer literals ending with the
3036 // LL or i64 suffix are always signed in Microsoft mode.
3037 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && (ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0 ||
3038 (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && Literal.isLongLong)))
3039 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
3040 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3041 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3042 Width = LongLongSize;
3046 // If it doesn't fit in unsigned long long, and we're using Microsoft
3047 // extensions, then its a 128-bit integer literal.
3048 if (Ty.isNull() && Literal.isMicrosoftInteger &&
3049 PP.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type()) {
3050 if (Literal.isUnsigned)
3051 Ty = Context.UnsignedInt128Ty;
3053 Ty = Context.Int128Ty;
3057 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
3058 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
3060 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
3061 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3062 Width = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3065 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
3066 ResultVal = ResultVal.trunc(Width);
3068 Res = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
3071 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
3072 if (Literal.isImaginary)
3073 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
3074 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
3079 ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E) {
3080 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
3081 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
3084 static bool CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
3086 SourceRange ArgRange) {
3087 // [OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12] "The vec_step built-in function takes a built-in
3088 // scalar or vector data type argument..."
3089 // Every built-in scalar type (OpenCL 1.1 6.1.1) is either an arithmetic
3090 // type (C99 6.2.5p18) or void.
3091 if (!(T->isArithmeticType() || T->isVoidType() || T->isVectorType())) {
3092 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_vecstep_non_scalar_vector_type)
3097 assert((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) &&
3098 "Scalar types should always be complete");
3102 static bool CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
3104 SourceRange ArgRange,
3105 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
3107 if (T->isFunctionType() &&
3108 (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf || TraitKind == UETT_AlignOf)) {
3109 // sizeof(function)/alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
3110 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
3111 << TraitKind << ArgRange;
3115 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
3116 if (T->isVoidType()) {
3117 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_void_type) << TraitKind << ArgRange;
3124 static bool CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(Sema &S, QualType T,
3126 SourceRange ArgRange,
3127 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
3128 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) if the
3129 // runtime doesn't allow it.
3130 if (!S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsSizeofAlignof() && T->isObjCObjectType()) {
3131 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
3132 << T << (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf)
3140 /// \brief Check whether E is a pointer from a decayed array type (the decayed
3141 /// pointer type is equal to T) and emit a warning if it is.
3142 static void warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
3144 // Don't warn if the operation changed the type.
3145 if (T != E->getType())
3148 // Now look for array decays.
3149 ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
3150 if (!ICE || ICE->getCastKind() != CK_ArrayToPointerDecay)
3153 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_sizeof_array_decay) << ICE->getSourceRange()
3155 << ICE->getSubExpr()->getType();
3158 /// \brief Check the constrains on expression operands to unary type expression
3159 /// and type traits.
3161 /// Completes any types necessary and validates the constraints on the operand
3162 /// expression. The logic mostly mirrors the type-based overload, but may modify
3163 /// the expression as it completes the type for that expression through template
3164 /// instantiation, etc.
3165 bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E,
3166 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
3167 QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
3168 assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType());
3170 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
3171 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3172 E->getSourceRange());
3174 // Whitelist some types as extensions
3175 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3176 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
3179 if (RequireCompleteExprType(E,
3180 diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type,
3181 ExprKind, E->getSourceRange()))
3184 // Completing the expression's type may have changed it.
3185 ExprTy = E->getType();
3186 assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType());
3188 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3189 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
3192 if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf) {
3193 if (DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
3194 if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DeclRef->getFoundDecl())) {
3195 QualType OType = PVD->getOriginalType();
3196 QualType Type = PVD->getType();
3197 if (Type->isPointerType() && OType->isArrayType()) {
3198 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_sizeof_array_param)
3200 Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
3205 // Warn on "sizeof(array op x)" and "sizeof(x op array)", where the array
3206 // decays into a pointer and returns an unintended result. This is most
3207 // likely a typo for "sizeof(array) op x".
3208 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
3209 warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(),
3211 warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(),
3219 /// \brief Check the constraints on operands to unary expression and type
3222 /// This will complete any types necessary, and validate the various constraints
3223 /// on those operands.
3225 /// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
3226 /// C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] all state:
3227 /// Except when it is the operand of the sizeof operator ...
3229 /// C++ [expr.sizeof]p4
3230 /// The lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer
3231 /// standard conversions are not applied to the operand of sizeof.
3233 /// This policy is followed for all of the unary trait expressions.
3234 bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType,
3235 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3236 SourceRange ExprRange,
3237 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
3238 if (ExprType->isDependentType())
3241 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
3242 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
3243 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
3244 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
3245 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3246 ExprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
3248 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
3249 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange);
3251 // Whitelist some types as extensions
3252 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
3256 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, ExprType,
3257 diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type,
3258 ExprKind, ExprRange))
3261 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
3268 static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
3269 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3271 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
3272 if (E->isTypeDependent())
3275 if (E->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) {
3276 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield)
3277 << 1 << E->getSourceRange();
3282 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3284 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
3285 D = ME->getMemberDecl();
3288 // If it's a field, require the containing struct to have a
3289 // complete definition so that we can compute the layout.
3291 // This requires a very particular set of circumstances. For a
3292 // field to be contained within an incomplete type, we must in the
3293 // process of parsing that type. To have an expression refer to a
3294 // field, it must be an id-expression or a member-expression, but
3295 // the latter are always ill-formed when the base type is
3296 // incomplete, including only being partially complete. An
3297 // id-expression can never refer to a field in C because fields
3298 // are not in the ordinary namespace. In C++, an id-expression
3299 // can implicitly be a member access, but only if there's an
3300 // implicit 'this' value, and all such contexts are subject to
3301 // delayed parsing --- except for trailing return types in C++11.
3302 // And if an id-expression referring to a field occurs in a
3303 // context that lacks a 'this' value, it's ill-formed --- except,
3304 // agian, in C++11, where such references are allowed in an
3305 // unevaluated context. So C++11 introduces some new complexity.
3307 // For the record, since __alignof__ on expressions is a GCC
3308 // extension, GCC seems to permit this but always gives the
3309 // nonsensical answer 0.
3311 // We don't really need the layout here --- we could instead just
3312 // directly check for all the appropriate alignment-lowing
3313 // attributes --- but that would require duplicating a lot of
3314 // logic that just isn't worth duplicating for such a marginal
3316 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(D)) {
3317 // Fast path this check, since we at least know the record has a
3318 // definition if we can find a member of it.
3319 if (!FD->getParent()->isCompleteDefinition()) {
3320 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_alignof_member_of_incomplete_type)
3321 << E->getSourceRange();
3325 // Otherwise, if it's a field, and the field doesn't have
3326 // reference type, then it must have a complete type (or be a
3327 // flexible array member, which we explicitly want to
3328 // white-list anyway), which makes the following checks trivial.
3329 if (!FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
3333 return S.CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_AlignOf);
3336 bool Sema::CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E) {
3337 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3339 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
3340 if (E->isTypeDependent())
3343 return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_VecStep);
3346 /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
3348 Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3349 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3350 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3355 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
3357 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
3358 CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(T, OpLoc, R, ExprKind))
3361 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
3362 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ExprKind, TInfo,
3363 Context.getSizeType(),
3364 OpLoc, R.getEnd()));
3367 /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
3370 Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3371 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
3372 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
3378 // Verify that the operand is valid.
3379 bool isInvalid = false;
3380 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
3381 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
3382 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) {
3383 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(*this, E);
3384 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) {
3385 isInvalid = CheckVecStepExpr(E);
3386 } else if (E->refersToBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
3387 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
3390 isInvalid = CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_SizeOf);
3396 if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf && E->getType()->isVariableArrayType()) {
3397 PE = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
3398 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3402 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
3403 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
3404 ExprKind, E, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
3405 E->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
3408 /// ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c
3409 /// expr and the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
3410 /// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
3412 Sema::ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3413 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, bool IsType,
3414 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
3415 // If error parsing type, ignore.
3416 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
3419 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3420 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx), &TInfo);
3421 return CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, ExprKind, ArgRange);
3424 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
3425 ExprResult Result = CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, ExprKind);
3429 static QualType CheckRealImagOperand(Sema &S, ExprResult &V, SourceLocation Loc,
3431 if (V.get()->isTypeDependent())
3432 return S.Context.DependentTy;
3434 // _Real and _Imag are only l-values for normal l-values.
3435 if (V.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_Ordinary) {
3436 V = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(V.take());
3441 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
3442 if (const ComplexType *CT = V.get()->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
3443 return CT->getElementType();
3445 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
3446 if (V.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3447 return V.get()->getType();
3449 // Test for placeholders.
3450 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(V.get());
3451 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
3452 if (PR.get() != V.get()) {
3454 return CheckRealImagOperand(S, V, Loc, IsReal);
3457 // Reject anything else.
3458 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V.get()->getType()
3459 << (IsReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
3466 Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3467 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input) {
3468 UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
3470 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!");
3471 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PostInc; break;
3472 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PostDec; break;
3475 // Since this might is a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3476 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Input);
3477 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3478 Input = Result.take();
3480 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
3483 /// \brief Diagnose if arithmetic on the given ObjC pointer is illegal.
3485 /// \return true on error
3486 static bool checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(Sema &S,
3487 SourceLocation opLoc,
3489 assert(op->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType());
3490 if (S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsPointerArithmetic())
3493 S.Diag(opLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3494 << op->getType()->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType()
3495 << op->getSourceRange();
3500 Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *base, SourceLocation lbLoc,
3501 Expr *idx, SourceLocation rbLoc) {
3502 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3503 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(base)) {
3504 ExprResult result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, base);
3505 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3506 base = result.take();
3509 // Handle any non-overload placeholder types in the base and index
3510 // expressions. We can't handle overloads here because the other
3511 // operand might be an overloadable type, in which case the overload
3512 // resolution for the operator overload should get the first crack
3514 if (base->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
3515 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(base);
3516 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3517 base = result.take();
3519 if (idx->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
3520 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(idx);
3521 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3522 idx = result.take();
3525 // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent.
3526 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3527 (base->isTypeDependent() || idx->isTypeDependent())) {
3528 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(base, idx,
3529 Context.DependentTy,
3530 VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary,
3534 // Use C++ overloaded-operator rules if either operand has record
3535 // type. The spec says to do this if either type is *overloadable*,
3536 // but enum types can't declare subscript operators or conversion
3537 // operators, so there's nothing interesting for overload resolution
3538 // to do if there aren't any record types involved.
3540 // ObjC pointers have their own subscripting logic that is not tied
3541 // to overload resolution and so should not take this path.
3542 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3543 (base->getType()->isRecordType() ||
3544 (!base->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3545 idx->getType()->isRecordType()))) {
3546 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(lbLoc, rbLoc, base, idx);
3549 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(base, lbLoc, idx, rbLoc);
3553 Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3554 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
3555 Expr *LHSExp = Base;
3558 // Perform default conversions.
3559 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3560 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
3561 if (Result.isInvalid())
3563 LHSExp = Result.take();
3565 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
3566 if (Result.isInvalid())
3568 RHSExp = Result.take();
3570 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
3571 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
3572 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
3574 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
3575 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
3576 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
3577 // and index from the expression types.
3578 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
3579 QualType ResultType;
3580 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
3583 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
3584 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
3587 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
3588 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
3589 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
3593 // Use custom logic if this should be the pseudo-object subscript
3595 if (!LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic())
3596 return BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(RLoc, BaseExpr, IndexExpr, 0, 0);
3598 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
3599 if (!LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsPointerArithmetic()) {
3600 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
3601 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3604 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
3605 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
3608 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
3609 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
3610 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
3611 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
3614 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
3615 if (!LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsPointerArithmetic()) {
3616 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
3617 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3620 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3621 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
3623 VK = LHSExp->getValueKind();
3624 if (VK != VK_RValue)
3625 OK = OK_VectorComponent;
3627 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
3628 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
3629 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
3630 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
3631 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
3632 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
3633 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
3634 // force the promotion here.
3635 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
3636 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
3637 LHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
3638 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).take();
3639 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
3643 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3644 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
3645 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
3646 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
3647 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
3648 RHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
3649 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).take();
3650 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
3654 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3656 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
3657 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
3660 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
3661 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
3662 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
3664 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
3665 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
3666 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
3667 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
3669 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
3670 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
3671 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
3672 // incomplete types are not object types.
3673 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
3674 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
3675 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3679 if (ResultType->isVoidType() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3680 // GNU extension: subscripting on pointer to void
3681 Diag(LLoc, diag::ext_gnu_subscript_void_type)
3682 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3684 // C forbids expressions of unqualified void type from being l-values.
3685 // See IsCForbiddenLValueType.
3686 if (!ResultType.hasQualifiers()) VK = VK_RValue;
3687 } else if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
3688 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
3689 diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type, BaseExpr))
3692 assert(VK == VK_RValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus ||
3693 !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType());
3695 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
3696 ResultType, VK, OK, RLoc));
3699 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3701 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3702 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3704 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3705 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
3706 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
3707 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3711 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3712 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3714 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated,
3717 // Instantiate the expression.
3718 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList MutiLevelArgList
3719 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
3721 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3722 MutiLevelArgList.getInnermost());
3728 // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p5:
3729 // The names in the [default argument] expression are bound, and
3730 // the semantic constraints are checked, at the point where the
3731 // default argument expression appears.
3732 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, FD);
3733 LocalInstantiationScope Local(*this);
3734 Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, MutiLevelArgList);
3736 if (Result.isInvalid())
3739 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3740 InitializedEntity Entity
3741 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param);
3742 InitializationKind Kind
3743 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3744 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getLocStart());
3745 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3747 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, ResultE);
3748 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, ResultE);
3749 if (Result.isInvalid())
3752 Expr *Arg = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3753 CheckCompletedExpr(Arg, Param->getOuterLocStart());
3754 // Build the default argument expression.
3755 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param, Arg));
3758 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3759 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3760 // be properly destroyed.
3761 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3762 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
3763 // We don't need to do that with block decls, though, because
3764 // blocks in default argument expression can never capture anything.
3765 if (isa<ExprWithCleanups>(Param->getInit())) {
3766 // Set the "needs cleanups" bit regardless of whether there are
3767 // any explicit objects.
3768 ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
3770 // Append all the objects to the cleanup list. Right now, this
3771 // should always be a no-op, because blocks in default argument
3772 // expressions should never be able to capture anything.
3773 assert(!cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Param->getInit())->getNumObjects() &&
3774 "default argument expression has capturing blocks?");
3777 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
3778 // Just mark all of the declarations in this potentially-evaluated expression
3779 // as being "referenced".
3780 MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Param->getDefaultArg(),
3781 /*SkipLocalVariables=*/true);
3782 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
3786 Sema::VariadicCallType
3787 Sema::getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3789 if (Proto && Proto->isVariadic()) {
3790 if (dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(FDecl))
3791 return VariadicConstructor;
3792 else if (Fn && Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3793 return VariadicBlock;
3795 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3796 if (Method->isInstance())
3797 return VariadicMethod;
3799 return VariadicFunction;
3801 return VariadicDoesNotApply;
3804 /// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3805 /// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3806 /// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3807 /// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3808 /// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3809 /// true if the call is ill-formed.
3811 Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3812 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3813 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3814 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3815 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3816 bool IsExecConfig) {
3817 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
3818 // We don't need to do this in the
3820 if (unsigned ID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
3821 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(ID))
3824 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
3825 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3826 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3827 bool Invalid = false;
3828 unsigned MinArgs = FDecl ? FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments() : NumArgsInProto;
3829 unsigned FnKind = Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
3831 : (IsExecConfig ? 3 /* kernel function (exec config) */
3832 : 0 /* function */);
3834 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3835 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3836 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3837 if (NumArgs < MinArgs) {
3838 if (MinArgs == 1 && FDecl && FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName())
3839 Diag(RParenLoc, MinArgs == NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()
3840 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_one
3841 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_one)
3843 << FDecl->getParamDecl(0) << Fn->getSourceRange();
3845 Diag(RParenLoc, MinArgs == NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()
3846 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args
3847 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3849 << MinArgs << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange();
3851 // Emit the location of the prototype.
3852 if (FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
3853 Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl)
3858 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
3861 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3863 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3864 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3865 if (NumArgsInProto == 1 && FDecl && FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName())
3866 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3867 MinArgs == NumArgsInProto
3868 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_one
3869 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_one)
3871 << FDecl->getParamDecl(0) << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange()
3872 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3873 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3875 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3876 MinArgs == NumArgsInProto
3877 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args
3878 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
3880 << NumArgsInProto << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange()
3881 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3882 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3884 // Emit the location of the prototype.
3885 if (FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
3886 Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl)
3889 // This deletes the extra arguments.
3890 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
3894 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
3895 VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto, Fn);
3897 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getLocStart(), FDecl,
3898 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
3901 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3902 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3903 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
3908 bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3909 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3910 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3911 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3912 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3913 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
3914 VariadicCallType CallType,
3916 bool IsListInitialization) {
3917 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3918 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3919 bool Invalid = false;
3920 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3921 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3922 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3924 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
3925 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
3926 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
3930 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3931 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
3933 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getLocStart(),
3935 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg))
3938 // Pass the argument
3940 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3941 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
3943 // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable.
3944 if (Arg->getType() == Context.ARCUnbridgedCastTy &&
3945 FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() &&
3946 (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()))
3947 Arg = stripARCUnbridgedCast(Arg);
3949 InitializedEntity Entity = Param ?
3950 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param, ProtoArgType)
3951 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, ProtoArgType,
3952 Proto->isArgConsumed(i));
3953 ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3956 IsListInitialization,
3958 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3961 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
3963 assert(FDecl && "can't use default arguments without a known callee");
3964 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
3966 ExprResult ArgExpr =
3967 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
3968 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3971 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
3974 // Check for array bounds violations for each argument to the call. This
3975 // check only triggers warnings when the argument isn't a more complex Expr
3976 // with its own checking, such as a BinaryOperator.
3977 CheckArrayAccess(Arg);
3979 // Check for violations of C99 static array rules (C99 6.7.5.3p7).
3980 CheckStaticArrayArgument(CallLoc, Param, Arg);
3982 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
3985 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
3986 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
3987 // Assume that extern "C" functions with variadic arguments that
3988 // return __unknown_anytype aren't *really* variadic.
3989 if (Proto->getResultType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy &&
3990 FDecl && FDecl->isExternC()) {
3991 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i != NumArgs; ++i) {
3992 QualType paramType; // ignored
3993 ExprResult arg = checkUnknownAnyArg(CallLoc, Args[i], paramType);
3994 Invalid |= arg.isInvalid();
3995 AllArgs.push_back(arg.take());
3998 // Otherwise do argument promotion, (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
4000 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i != NumArgs; ++i) {
4001 ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], CallType,
4003 Invalid |= Arg.isInvalid();
4004 AllArgs.push_back(Arg.take());
4008 // Check for array bounds violations.
4009 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i != NumArgs; ++i)
4010 CheckArrayAccess(Args[i]);
4015 static void DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *PVD) {
4016 TypeLoc TL = PVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
4017 if (ArrayTypeLoc ATL = TL.getAs<ArrayTypeLoc>())
4018 S.Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_static_array)
4019 << ATL.getLocalSourceRange();
4022 /// CheckStaticArrayArgument - If the given argument corresponds to a static
4023 /// array parameter, check that it is non-null, and that if it is formed by
4024 /// array-to-pointer decay, the underlying array is sufficiently large.
4026 /// C99 6.7.5.3p7: If the keyword static also appears within the [ and ] of the
4027 /// array type derivation, then for each call to the function, the value of the
4028 /// corresponding actual argument shall provide access to the first element of
4029 /// an array with at least as many elements as specified by the size expression.
4031 Sema::CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4033 const Expr *ArgExpr) {
4034 // Static array parameters are not supported in C++.
4035 if (!Param || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4038 QualType OrigTy = Param->getOriginalType();
4040 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy);
4041 if (!AT || AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Static)
4044 if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4045 Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent)) {
4046 Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange();
4047 DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param);
4051 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
4055 const ConstantArrayType *ArgCAT =
4056 Context.getAsConstantArrayType(ArgExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType());
4060 if (ArgCAT->getSize().ult(CAT->getSize())) {
4061 Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_static_array_too_small)
4062 << ArgExpr->getSourceRange()
4063 << (unsigned) ArgCAT->getSize().getZExtValue()
4064 << (unsigned) CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
4065 DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param);
4069 /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
4070 /// to have a function type.
4071 static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *fn);
4073 /// Is the given type a placeholder that we need to lower out
4074 /// immediately during argument processing?
4075 static bool isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(QualType type) {
4076 // Placeholders are never sugared.
4077 const BuiltinType *placeholder = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(type);
4078 if (!placeholder) return false;
4080 switch (placeholder->getKind()) {
4081 // Ignore all the non-placeholder types.
4082 #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID)
4083 #define BUILTIN_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) case BuiltinType::ID:
4084 #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
4087 // We cannot lower out overload sets; they might validly be resolved
4088 // by the call machinery.
4089 case BuiltinType::Overload:
4092 // Unbridged casts in ARC can be handled in some call positions and
4093 // should be left in place.
4094 case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast:
4097 // Pseudo-objects should be converted as soon as possible.
4098 case BuiltinType::PseudoObject:
4101 // The debugger mode could theoretically but currently does not try
4102 // to resolve unknown-typed arguments based on known parameter types.
4103 case BuiltinType::UnknownAny:
4106 // These are always invalid as call arguments and should be reported.
4107 case BuiltinType::BoundMember:
4108 case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn:
4111 llvm_unreachable("bad builtin type kind");
4114 /// Check an argument list for placeholders that we won't try to
4116 static bool checkArgsForPlaceholders(Sema &S, MultiExprArg args) {
4117 // Apply this processing to all the arguments at once instead of
4118 // dying at the first failure.
4119 bool hasInvalid = false;
4120 for (size_t i = 0, e = args.size(); i != e; i++) {
4121 if (isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(args[i]->getType())) {
4122 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(args[i]);
4123 if (result.isInvalid()) hasInvalid = true;
4124 else args[i] = result.take();
4130 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
4131 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
4134 Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4135 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4136 Expr *ExecConfig, bool IsExecConfig) {
4137 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
4138 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Fn);
4139 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4142 if (checkArgsForPlaceholders(*this, ArgExprs))
4145 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4146 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
4147 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
4148 if (!ArgExprs.empty()) {
4149 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
4150 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
4151 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
4152 SourceRange(ArgExprs[0]->getLocStart(),
4153 ArgExprs.back()->getLocEnd()));
4156 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, None,
4157 Context.VoidTy, VK_RValue,
4160 if (Fn->getType() == Context.PseudoObjectTy) {
4161 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Fn);
4162 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4166 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
4167 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
4168 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
4170 bool Dependent = false;
4171 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
4173 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs))
4178 return Owned(new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(
4179 Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(ExecConfig), ArgExprs,
4180 Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc));
4182 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, ArgExprs,
4183 Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue,
4188 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
4189 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
4190 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc,
4192 ArgExprs.size(), RParenLoc));
4194 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
4195 ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
4196 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4200 if (Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
4201 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs.data(),
4202 ArgExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
4206 // Check for overloaded calls. This can happen even in C due to extensions.
4207 if (Fn->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) {
4208 OverloadExpr::FindResult find = OverloadExpr::find(Fn);
4210 // We aren't supposed to apply this logic for if there's an '&' involved.
4211 if (!find.HasFormOfMemberPointer) {
4212 OverloadExpr *ovl = find.Expression;
4213 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl)) {
4214 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl);
4215 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, ArgExprs.data(),
4216 ArgExprs.size(), RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
4218 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs.data(),
4219 ArgExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
4224 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
4225 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
4226 ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
4227 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4231 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
4233 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
4234 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(NakedFn))
4235 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
4236 NakedFn = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
4238 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
4239 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
4240 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedFn))
4241 NDecl = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)->getMemberDecl();
4243 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, ArgExprs.data(),
4244 ArgExprs.size(), RParenLoc, ExecConfig,
4249 Sema::ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
4250 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, SourceLocation GGGLoc) {
4251 FunctionDecl *ConfigDecl = Context.getcudaConfigureCallDecl();
4253 return ExprError(Diag(LLLLoc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use)
4254 << "cudaConfigureCall");
4255 QualType ConfigQTy = ConfigDecl->getType();
4257 DeclRefExpr *ConfigDR = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(
4258 ConfigDecl, false, ConfigQTy, VK_LValue, LLLLoc);
4259 MarkFunctionReferenced(LLLLoc, ConfigDecl);
4261 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ConfigDR, LLLLoc, ExecConfig, GGGLoc, 0,
4262 /*IsExecConfig=*/true);
4265 /// ActOnAsTypeExpr - create a new asType (bitcast) from the arguments.
4267 /// __builtin_astype( value, dst type )
4269 ExprResult Sema::ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4270 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4271 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4272 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
4273 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
4274 QualType DstTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy);
4275 QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
4276 if (Context.getTypeSize(DstTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
4277 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
4278 diag::err_invalid_astype_of_different_size)
4281 << E->getSourceRange());
4282 return Owned(new (Context) AsTypeExpr(E, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc,
4286 /// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
4287 /// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
4288 /// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
4289 /// block-pointer type.
4291 /// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
4293 Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
4294 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4295 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4296 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4297 Expr *Config, bool IsExecConfig) {
4298 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
4299 unsigned BuiltinID = (FDecl ? FDecl->getBuiltinID() : 0);
4301 // Promote the function operand.
4302 // We special-case function promotion here because we only allow promoting
4303 // builtin functions to function pointers in the callee of a call.
4306 Fn->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BuiltinFn)) {
4307 Result = ImpCastExprToType(Fn, Context.getPointerType(FDecl->getType()),
4308 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).take();
4310 Result = UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
4312 if (Result.isInvalid())
4316 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
4317 // of arguments and function on error.
4320 TheCall = new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(Context, Fn,
4321 cast<CallExpr>(Config),
4322 llvm::makeArrayRef(Args,NumArgs),
4327 TheCall = new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
4328 llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs),
4333 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
4334 if (BuiltinID && Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(BuiltinID))
4335 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall);
4338 const FunctionType *FuncT;
4339 if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4340 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
4341 // have type pointer to function".
4342 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
4344 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
4345 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
4346 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BPT =
4347 Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4348 FuncT = BPT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
4350 // Handle calls to expressions of unknown-any type.
4351 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
4352 ExprResult rewrite = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
4353 if (rewrite.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4354 Fn = rewrite.take();
4355 TheCall->setCallee(Fn);
4359 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
4360 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
4363 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
4365 // CUDA: Kernel calls must be to global functions
4366 if (FDecl && !FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
4367 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc,diag::err_kern_call_not_global_function)
4368 << FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange());
4370 // CUDA: Kernel function must have 'void' return type
4371 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType())
4372 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return)
4373 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
4375 // CUDA: Calls to global functions must be configured
4376 if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
4377 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_global_call_not_config)
4378 << FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange());
4382 // Check for a valid return type
4383 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
4384 Fn->getLocStart(), TheCall,
4388 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
4389 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getCallResultType(Context));
4390 TheCall->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(FuncT->getResultType()));
4392 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT);
4394 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
4395 RParenLoc, IsExecConfig))
4398 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
4401 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
4402 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
4403 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
4404 if (FDecl->hasBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
4405 Proto = Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4406 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size()))
4407 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
4408 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
4411 // If the function we're calling isn't a function prototype, but we have
4412 // a function prototype from a prior declaratiom, use that prototype.
4413 if (!FDecl->hasPrototype())
4414 Proto = FDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4417 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
4418 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
4419 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
4421 if (Proto && i < Proto->getNumArgs()) {
4422 InitializedEntity Entity
4423 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
4424 Proto->getArgType(i),
4425 Proto->isArgConsumed(i));
4426 ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
4429 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
4432 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
4435 ExprResult ArgE = DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
4437 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
4440 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
4443 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getLocStart(),
4445 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg))
4448 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
4452 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
4453 if (!Method->isStatic())
4454 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
4455 << Fn->getSourceRange());
4457 // Check for sentinels
4459 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
4461 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
4463 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall, Proto))
4467 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall);
4469 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall, Proto))
4473 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
4477 Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ParsedType Ty,
4478 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *InitExpr) {
4479 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
4480 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
4481 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
4483 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4484 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
4486 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
4488 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, InitExpr);
4492 Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4493 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *LiteralExpr) {
4494 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
4496 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
4497 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Context.getBaseElementType(literalType),
4498 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type,
4499 SourceRange(LParenLoc,
4500 LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
4502 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
4503 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
4504 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
4505 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
4506 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
4507 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
4508 SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
4511 InitializedEntity Entity
4512 = InitializedEntity::InitializeCompoundLiteralInit(TInfo);
4513 InitializationKind Kind
4514 = InitializationKind::CreateCStyleCast(LParenLoc,
4515 SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
4517 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr);
4518 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr,
4520 if (Result.isInvalid())
4522 LiteralExpr = Result.get();
4524 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
4525 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
4526 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(LiteralExpr, literalType))
4530 // In C, compound literals are l-values for some reason.
4531 ExprValueKind VK = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue;
4533 return MaybeBindToTemporary(
4534 new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
4535 VK, LiteralExpr, isFileScope));
4539 Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList,
4540 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
4541 // Immediately handle non-overload placeholders. Overloads can be
4542 // resolved contextually, but everything else here can't.
4543 for (unsigned I = 0, E = InitArgList.size(); I != E; ++I) {
4544 if (InitArgList[I]->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4545 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(InitArgList[I]);
4547 // Ignore failures; dropping the entire initializer list because
4548 // of one failure would be terrible for indexing/etc.
4549 if (result.isInvalid()) continue;
4551 InitArgList[I] = result.take();
4555 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
4556 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
4558 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitArgList,
4560 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
4564 /// Do an explicit extend of the given block pointer if we're in ARC.
4565 static void maybeExtendBlockObject(Sema &S, ExprResult &E) {
4566 assert(E.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType());
4567 assert(E.get()->isRValue());
4569 // Only do this in an r-value context.
4570 if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) return;
4572 E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, E.get()->getType(),
4573 CK_ARCExtendBlockObject, E.get(),
4574 /*base path*/ 0, VK_RValue);
4575 S.ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
4578 /// Prepare a conversion of the given expression to an ObjC object
4580 CastKind Sema::PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E) {
4581 QualType type = E.get()->getType();
4582 if (type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4584 } else if (type->isBlockPointerType()) {
4585 maybeExtendBlockObject(*this, E);
4586 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
4588 assert(type->isPointerType());
4589 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
4593 /// Prepares for a scalar cast, performing all the necessary stages
4594 /// except the final cast and returning the kind required.
4595 CastKind Sema::PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &Src, QualType DestTy) {
4596 // Both Src and Dest are scalar types, i.e. arithmetic or pointer.
4597 // Also, callers should have filtered out the invalid cases with
4598 // pointers. Everything else should be possible.
4600 QualType SrcTy = Src.get()->getType();
4601 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
4604 switch (Type::ScalarTypeKind SrcKind = SrcTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
4605 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
4606 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
4608 case Type::STK_CPointer:
4609 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
4610 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
4611 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
4612 case Type::STK_CPointer:
4614 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
4615 return (SrcKind == Type::STK_BlockPointer
4616 ? CK_BitCast : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
4617 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
4618 if (SrcKind == Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer)
4620 if (SrcKind == Type::STK_CPointer)
4621 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
4622 maybeExtendBlockObject(*this, Src);
4623 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
4624 case Type::STK_Bool:
4625 return CK_PointerToBoolean;
4626 case Type::STK_Integral:
4627 return CK_PointerToIntegral;
4628 case Type::STK_Floating:
4629 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
4630 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
4631 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
4632 llvm_unreachable("illegal cast from pointer");
4634 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
4636 case Type::STK_Bool: // casting from bool is like casting from an integer
4637 case Type::STK_Integral:
4638 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
4639 case Type::STK_CPointer:
4640 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
4641 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
4642 if (Src.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4643 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
4644 return CK_NullToPointer;
4645 return CK_IntegralToPointer;
4646 case Type::STK_Bool:
4647 return CK_IntegralToBoolean;
4648 case Type::STK_Integral:
4649 return CK_IntegralCast;
4650 case Type::STK_Floating:
4651 return CK_IntegralToFloating;
4652 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
4653 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(),
4654 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
4656 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
4657 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
4658 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(),
4659 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
4660 CK_IntegralToFloating);
4661 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
4662 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
4663 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
4665 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
4667 case Type::STK_Floating:
4668 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
4669 case Type::STK_Floating:
4670 return CK_FloatingCast;
4671 case Type::STK_Bool:
4672 return CK_FloatingToBoolean;
4673 case Type::STK_Integral:
4674 return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
4675 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
4676 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(),
4677 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
4679 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
4680 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
4681 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(),
4682 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
4683 CK_FloatingToIntegral);
4684 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
4685 case Type::STK_CPointer:
4686 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
4687 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
4688 llvm_unreachable("valid float->pointer cast?");
4689 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
4690 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
4692 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
4694 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
4695 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
4696 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
4697 return CK_FloatingComplexCast;
4698 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
4699 return CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
4700 case Type::STK_Floating: {
4701 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
4702 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
4703 return CK_FloatingComplexToReal;
4704 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), ET, CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
4705 return CK_FloatingCast;
4707 case Type::STK_Bool:
4708 return CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean;
4709 case Type::STK_Integral:
4710 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(),
4711 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
4712 CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
4713 return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
4714 case Type::STK_CPointer:
4715 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
4716 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
4717 llvm_unreachable("valid complex float->pointer cast?");
4718 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
4719 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
4721 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
4723 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
4724 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
4725 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
4726 return CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
4727 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
4728 return CK_IntegralComplexCast;
4729 case Type::STK_Integral: {
4730 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
4731 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
4732 return CK_IntegralComplexToReal;
4733 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), ET, CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
4734 return CK_IntegralCast;
4736 case Type::STK_Bool:
4737 return CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean;
4738 case Type::STK_Floating:
4739 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(),
4740 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
4741 CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
4742 return CK_IntegralToFloating;
4743 case Type::STK_CPointer:
4744 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
4745 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
4746 llvm_unreachable("valid complex int->pointer cast?");
4747 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
4748 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
4750 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
4753 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled scalar cast");
4756 bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
4758 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
4760 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
4761 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
4762 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
4763 Ty->isVectorType() ?
4764 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
4765 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
4766 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
4768 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
4769 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
4770 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
4776 ExprResult Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy,
4777 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &Kind) {
4778 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
4780 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
4782 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
4783 // an ExtVectorType.
4784 // In OpenCL, casts between vectors of different types are not allowed.
4785 // (See OpenCL 6.2).
4786 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
4787 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy)
4788 || (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
4789 (DestTy.getCanonicalType() != SrcTy.getCanonicalType()))) {
4790 Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
4791 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
4795 return Owned(CastExpr);
4798 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
4799 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
4800 // splat from elt type to vector.
4801 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
4802 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
4803 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
4804 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
4806 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
4807 ExprResult CastExprRes = Owned(CastExpr);
4808 CastKind CK = PrepareScalarCast(CastExprRes, DestElemTy);
4809 if (CastExprRes.isInvalid())
4811 CastExpr = ImpCastExprToType(CastExprRes.take(), DestElemTy, CK).take();
4813 Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
4814 return Owned(CastExpr);
4818 Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4819 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
4820 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr) {
4821 assert(!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != 0) &&
4822 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
4824 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo = GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(D, CastExpr->getType());
4825 if (D.isInvalidType())
4828 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4829 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
4830 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4833 checkUnusedDeclAttributes(D);
4835 QualType castType = castTInfo->getType();
4836 Ty = CreateParsedType(castType, castTInfo);
4838 bool isVectorLiteral = false;
4840 // Check for an altivec or OpenCL literal,
4841 // i.e. all the elements are integer constants.
4842 ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(CastExpr);
4843 ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr);
4844 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().OpenCL)
4845 && castType->isVectorType() && (PE || PLE)) {
4846 if (PLE && PLE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
4847 Diag(PLE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
4850 if (PE || PLE->getNumExprs() == 1) {
4851 Expr *E = (PE ? PE->getSubExpr() : PLE->getExpr(0));
4852 if (!E->getType()->isVectorType())
4853 isVectorLiteral = true;
4856 isVectorLiteral = true;
4859 // If this is a vector initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
4860 // then handle it as such.
4861 if (isVectorLiteral)
4862 return BuildVectorLiteral(LParenLoc, RParenLoc, CastExpr, castTInfo);
4864 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
4865 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
4866 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
4867 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr)) {
4868 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, CastExpr);
4869 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4870 CastExpr = Result.take();
4873 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, CastExpr);
4876 ExprResult Sema::BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4877 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
4878 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
4879 assert((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) &&
4880 "Expected paren or paren list expression");
4885 SourceLocation LiteralLParenLoc, LiteralRParenLoc;
4886 if (ParenListExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(E)) {
4887 LiteralLParenLoc = PE->getLParenLoc();
4888 LiteralRParenLoc = PE->getRParenLoc();
4889 exprs = PE->getExprs();
4890 numExprs = PE->getNumExprs();
4891 } else { // isa<ParenExpr> by assertion at function entrance
4892 LiteralLParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getLParen();
4893 LiteralRParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getRParen();
4894 subExpr = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
4899 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
4900 assert(Ty->isVectorType() && "Expected vector type");
4902 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
4903 const VectorType *VTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>();
4904 unsigned numElems = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
4906 // '(...)' form of vector initialization in AltiVec: the number of
4907 // initializers must be one or must match the size of the vector.
4908 // If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will be
4909 // replicated to all the components of the vector
4910 if (VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector) {
4911 // The number of initializers must be one or must match the size of the
4912 // vector. If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will
4913 // be replicated to all the components of the vector
4914 if (numExprs == 1) {
4915 QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
4916 ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]);
4917 if (Literal.isInvalid())
4919 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.take(), ElemTy,
4920 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
4921 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.take());
4923 else if (numExprs < numElems) {
4924 Diag(E->getExprLoc(),
4925 diag::err_incorrect_number_of_vector_initializers);
4929 initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs);
4932 // For OpenCL, when the number of initializers is a single value,
4933 // it will be replicated to all components of the vector.
4934 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
4935 VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector &&
4937 QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
4938 ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]);
4939 if (Literal.isInvalid())
4941 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.take(), ElemTy,
4942 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
4943 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.take());
4946 initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs);
4948 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
4949 // braces instead of the original commas.
4950 InitListExpr *initE = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LiteralLParenLoc,
4951 initExprs, LiteralRParenLoc);
4953 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, initE);
4956 /// This is not an AltiVec-style cast or or C++ direct-initialization, so turn
4957 /// the ParenListExpr into a sequence of comma binary operators.
4959 Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *OrigExpr) {
4960 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(OrigExpr);
4962 return Owned(OrigExpr);
4964 ExprResult Result(E->getExpr(0));
4966 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
4967 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, Result.get(),
4970 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4972 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), Result.get());
4975 ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
4978 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, Val, R);
4982 /// \brief Emit a specialized diagnostic when one expression is a null pointer
4983 /// constant and the other is not a pointer. Returns true if a diagnostic is
4985 bool Sema::DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
4986 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4987 Expr *NullExpr = LHSExpr;
4988 Expr *NonPointerExpr = RHSExpr;
4989 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind =
4990 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4991 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
4993 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) {
4995 NonPointerExpr = LHSExpr;
4997 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4998 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
5001 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull)
5004 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression)
5007 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) {
5008 // In this case, check to make sure that we got here from a "NULL"
5009 // string in the source code.
5010 NullExpr = NullExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5011 SourceLocation loc = NullExpr->getExprLoc();
5012 if (!findMacroSpelling(loc, "NULL"))
5016 int DiagType = (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr);
5017 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_null)
5018 << NonPointerExpr->getType() << DiagType
5019 << NonPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
5023 /// \brief Return false if the condition expression is valid, true otherwise.
5024 static bool checkCondition(Sema &S, Expr *Cond) {
5025 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
5028 if (CondTy->isScalarType()) return false;
5030 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i says the condition is allowed to be a vector or scalar.
5031 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && CondTy->isVectorType())
5034 // Emit the proper error message.
5035 S.Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), S.getLangOpts().OpenCL ?
5036 diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar :
5037 diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar_or_vector)
5042 /// \brief Return false if the two expressions can be converted to a vector,
5044 static bool checkConditionalConvertScalarsToVectors(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
5047 // Both operands should be of scalar type.
5048 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType()) {
5049 S.Diag(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
5053 if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType()) {
5054 S.Diag(RHS.get()->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
5059 // Implicity convert these scalars to the type of the condition.
5060 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), CondTy, CK_IntegralCast);
5061 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), CondTy, CK_IntegralCast);
5065 /// \brief Handle when one or both operands are void type.
5066 static QualType checkConditionalVoidType(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
5068 Expr *LHSExpr = LHS.get();
5069 Expr *RHSExpr = RHS.get();
5071 if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
5072 S.Diag(RHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
5073 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
5074 if (!RHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
5075 S.Diag(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
5076 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange();
5077 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
5078 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
5079 return S.Context.VoidTy;
5082 /// \brief Return false if the NullExpr can be promoted to PointerTy,
5084 static bool checkConditionalNullPointer(Sema &S, ExprResult &NullExpr,
5085 QualType PointerTy) {
5086 if ((!PointerTy->isAnyPointerType() && !PointerTy->isBlockPointerType()) ||
5087 !NullExpr.get()->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context,
5088 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
5091 NullExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(NullExpr.take(), PointerTy, CK_NullToPointer);
5095 /// \brief Checks compatibility between two pointers and return the resulting
5097 static QualType checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
5099 SourceLocation Loc) {
5100 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5101 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5103 if (S.Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, RHSTy)) {
5104 // Two identical pointers types are always compatible.
5108 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
5110 // Get the pointee types.
5111 if (const BlockPointerType *LHSBTy = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
5112 lhptee = LHSBTy->getPointeeType();
5113 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5115 lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5116 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5119 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types or to
5120 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
5121 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the composite
5124 // Only CVR-qualifiers exist in the standard, and the differently-qualified
5125 // clause doesn't make sense for our extensions. E.g. address space 2 should
5126 // be incompatible with address space 3: they may live on different devices or
5128 Qualifiers lhQual = lhptee.getQualifiers();
5129 Qualifiers rhQual = rhptee.getQualifiers();
5131 unsigned MergedCVRQual = lhQual.getCVRQualifiers() | rhQual.getCVRQualifiers();
5132 lhQual.removeCVRQualifiers();
5133 rhQual.removeCVRQualifiers();
5135 lhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), lhQual);
5136 rhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), rhQual);
5138 QualType CompositeTy = S.Context.mergeTypes(lhptee, rhptee);
5140 if (CompositeTy.isNull()) {
5141 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
5142 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
5143 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5144 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
5145 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
5146 // to get a consistent AST.
5147 QualType incompatTy = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy);
5148 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
5149 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
5153 // The pointer types are compatible.
5154 QualType ResultTy = CompositeTy.withCVRQualifiers(MergedCVRQual);
5155 ResultTy = S.Context.getPointerType(ResultTy);
5157 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), ResultTy, CK_BitCast);
5158 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), ResultTy, CK_BitCast);
5162 /// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both block pointers.
5163 static QualType checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(Sema &S,
5166 SourceLocation Loc) {
5167 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5168 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5170 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
5171 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
5172 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy);
5173 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
5174 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
5177 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5178 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
5179 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5183 // We have 2 block pointer types.
5184 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
5187 /// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both pointers.
5189 checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
5191 SourceLocation Loc) {
5192 // get the pointer types
5193 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5194 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5196 // get the "pointed to" types
5197 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5198 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5200 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
5201 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
5202 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
5203 QualType destPointee
5204 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
5205 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
5206 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
5207 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp);
5208 // Promote to void*.
5209 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
5212 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
5213 QualType destPointee
5214 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
5215 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
5216 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
5217 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp);
5218 // Promote to void*.
5219 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
5223 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
5226 /// \brief Return false if the first expression is not an integer and the second
5227 /// expression is not a pointer, true otherwise.
5228 static bool checkPointerIntegerMismatch(Sema &S, ExprResult &Int,
5229 Expr* PointerExpr, SourceLocation Loc,
5230 bool IsIntFirstExpr) {
5231 if (!PointerExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
5232 !Int.get()->getType()->isIntegerType())
5235 Expr *Expr1 = IsIntFirstExpr ? Int.get() : PointerExpr;
5236 Expr *Expr2 = IsIntFirstExpr ? PointerExpr : Int.get();
5238 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
5239 << Expr1->getType() << Expr2->getType()
5240 << Expr1->getSourceRange() << Expr2->getSourceRange();
5241 Int = S.ImpCastExprToType(Int.take(), PointerExpr->getType(),
5242 CK_IntegralToPointer);
5246 /// Note that LHS is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
5247 /// In that case, LHS = cond.
5249 QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
5250 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
5252 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5254 ExprResult LHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get());
5255 if (!LHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
5258 ExprResult RHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get());
5259 if (!RHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
5262 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
5263 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5264 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
5269 Cond = UsualUnaryConversions(Cond.take());
5270 if (Cond.isInvalid())
5272 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.take());
5273 if (LHS.isInvalid())
5275 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.take());
5276 if (RHS.isInvalid())
5279 QualType CondTy = Cond.get()->getType();
5280 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5281 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5283 // first, check the condition.
5284 if (checkCondition(*this, Cond.get()))
5287 // Now check the two expressions.
5288 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
5289 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false);
5291 // If the condition is a vector, and both operands are scalar,
5292 // attempt to implicity convert them to the vector type to act like the
5293 // built in select. (OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i)
5294 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && CondTy->isVectorType())
5295 if (checkConditionalConvertScalarsToVectors(*this, LHS, RHS, CondTy))
5298 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
5299 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
5300 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
5301 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
5302 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5304 return LHS.get()->getType();
5307 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
5309 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
5310 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
5311 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
5312 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
5313 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
5314 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
5315 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
5318 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
5319 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
5320 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
5321 return checkConditionalVoidType(*this, LHS, RHS);
5324 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
5325 // the type of the other operand."
5326 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, RHS, LHSTy)) return LHSTy;
5327 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, LHS, RHSTy)) return RHSTy;
5329 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
5330 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
5332 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5334 if (!compositeType.isNull())
5335 return compositeType;
5338 // Handle block pointer types.
5339 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType())
5340 return checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
5343 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
5344 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType())
5345 return checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
5348 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch. Note that
5349 // null pointers have been filtered out by this point.
5350 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, LHS, RHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
5351 /*isIntFirstExpr=*/true))
5353 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, RHS, LHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
5354 /*isIntFirstExpr=*/false))
5357 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
5358 // constant and the other is not a pointer type. In this case, the user most
5359 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
5360 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
5363 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
5364 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5365 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
5366 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5370 /// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
5371 /// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
5372 QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
5373 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5374 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5375 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5377 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
5378 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
5379 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
5380 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
5381 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
5382 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
5385 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
5386 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
5387 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
5390 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
5391 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
5392 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
5393 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
5396 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
5397 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
5398 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
5401 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
5402 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
5403 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
5404 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast);
5407 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
5408 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
5409 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSTy, CK_BitCast);
5412 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
5413 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5415 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
5416 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
5419 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5420 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5421 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
5423 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
5424 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
5425 // type. This allows
5426 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
5427 // where B is a subclass of A.
5429 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
5430 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
5431 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
5432 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
5434 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
5435 // It could return the composite type.
5436 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
5437 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
5438 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
5439 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
5440 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
5441 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
5442 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
5443 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
5444 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
5445 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
5446 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
5447 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
5448 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
5449 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
5450 } else if (!(compositeType =
5451 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
5454 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5456 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5457 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
5458 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
5459 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
5462 // The object pointer types are compatible.
5463 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
5464 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
5465 return compositeType;
5467 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
5468 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5469 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
5470 // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *',
5471 // so these types are not compatible.
5472 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy
5473 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5477 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5478 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5479 QualType destPointee
5480 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
5481 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
5482 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
5483 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp);
5484 // Promote to void*.
5485 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
5488 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
5489 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
5490 // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *',
5491 // so these types are not compatible.
5492 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy
5493 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5497 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5498 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5499 QualType destPointee
5500 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
5501 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
5502 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
5503 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp);
5504 // Promote to void*.
5505 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
5511 /// SuggestParentheses - Emit a note with a fixit hint that wraps
5512 /// ParenRange in parentheses.
5513 static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
5514 const PartialDiagnostic &Note,
5515 SourceRange ParenRange) {
5516 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
5517 if (ParenRange.getBegin().isFileID() && ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() &&
5519 Self.Diag(Loc, Note)
5520 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
5521 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
5523 // We can't display the parentheses, so just show the bare note.
5524 Self.Diag(Loc, Note) << ParenRange;
5528 static bool IsArithmeticOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
5529 return Opc >= BO_Mul && Opc <= BO_Shr;
5532 /// IsArithmeticBinaryExpr - Returns true if E is an arithmetic binary
5533 /// expression, either using a built-in or overloaded operator,
5534 /// and sets *OpCode to the opcode and *RHSExprs to the right-hand side
5536 static bool IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Expr *E, BinaryOperatorKind *Opcode,
5538 // Don't strip parenthesis: we should not warn if E is in parenthesis.
5539 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
5540 E = E->IgnoreConversionOperator();
5541 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
5543 // Built-in binary operator.
5544 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
5545 if (IsArithmeticOp(OP->getOpcode())) {
5546 *Opcode = OP->getOpcode();
5547 *RHSExprs = OP->getRHS();
5552 // Overloaded operator.
5553 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
5554 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2)
5557 // Make sure this is really a binary operator that is safe to pass into
5558 // BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(), e.g. it's not a subscript op.
5559 OverloadedOperatorKind OO = Call->getOperator();
5560 if (OO < OO_Plus || OO > OO_Arrow ||
5561 OO == OO_PlusPlus || OO == OO_MinusMinus)
5564 BinaryOperatorKind OpKind = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(OO);
5565 if (IsArithmeticOp(OpKind)) {
5567 *RHSExprs = Call->getArg(1);
5575 static bool IsLogicOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
5576 return (Opc >= BO_LT && Opc <= BO_NE) || (Opc >= BO_LAnd && Opc <= BO_LOr);
5579 /// ExprLooksBoolean - Returns true if E looks boolean, i.e. it has boolean type
5580 /// or is a logical expression such as (x==y) which has int type, but is
5581 /// commonly interpreted as boolean.
5582 static bool ExprLooksBoolean(Expr *E) {
5583 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5585 if (E->getType()->isBooleanType())
5587 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
5588 return IsLogicOp(OP->getOpcode());
5589 if (UnaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
5590 return OP->getOpcode() == UO_LNot;
5595 /// DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence - Emit a warning when a conditional operator
5596 /// and binary operator are mixed in a way that suggests the programmer assumed
5597 /// the conditional operator has higher precedence, for example:
5598 /// "int x = a + someBinaryCondition ? 1 : 2".
5599 static void DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(Sema &Self,
5600 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5604 BinaryOperatorKind CondOpcode;
5607 if (!IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Condition, &CondOpcode, &CondRHS))
5609 if (!ExprLooksBoolean(CondRHS))
5612 // The condition is an arithmetic binary expression, with a right-
5613 // hand side that looks boolean, so warn.
5615 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_conditional)
5616 << Condition->getSourceRange()
5617 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode);
5619 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5620 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
5621 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode),
5622 SourceRange(Condition->getLocStart(), Condition->getLocEnd()));
5624 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5625 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_first),
5626 SourceRange(CondRHS->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd()));
5629 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
5630 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
5631 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
5632 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5633 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
5635 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
5636 // was the condition.
5637 OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue = 0;
5638 Expr *commonExpr = 0;
5640 commonExpr = CondExpr;
5642 // We usually want to apply unary conversions *before* saving, except
5643 // in the special case of a C++ l-value conditional.
5644 if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
5645 && !commonExpr->isTypeDependent()
5646 && commonExpr->getValueKind() == RHSExpr->getValueKind()
5647 && commonExpr->isGLValue()
5648 && commonExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
5649 && RHSExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
5650 && Context.hasSameType(commonExpr->getType(), RHSExpr->getType()))) {
5651 ExprResult commonRes = UsualUnaryConversions(commonExpr);
5652 if (commonRes.isInvalid())
5654 commonExpr = commonRes.take();
5657 opaqueValue = new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(commonExpr->getExprLoc(),
5658 commonExpr->getType(),
5659 commonExpr->getValueKind(),
5660 commonExpr->getObjectKind(),
5662 LHSExpr = CondExpr = opaqueValue;
5665 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
5666 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
5667 ExprResult Cond = Owned(CondExpr), LHS = Owned(LHSExpr), RHS = Owned(RHSExpr);
5668 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS,
5669 VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
5670 if (result.isNull() || Cond.isInvalid() || LHS.isInvalid() ||
5674 DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(*this, QuestionLoc, Cond.get(), LHS.get(),
5678 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(Cond.take(), QuestionLoc,
5679 LHS.take(), ColonLoc,
5680 RHS.take(), result, VK, OK));
5682 return Owned(new (Context)
5683 BinaryConditionalOperator(commonExpr, opaqueValue, Cond.take(), LHS.take(),
5684 RHS.take(), QuestionLoc, ColonLoc, result, VK,
5688 // checkPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
5689 // being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
5690 // routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
5691 // This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
5692 // FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
5693 static Sema::AssignConvertType
5694 checkPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
5695 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
5696 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");
5698 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
5699 const Type *lhptee, *rhptee;
5700 Qualifiers lhq, rhq;
5701 llvm::tie(lhptee, lhq) = cast<PointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType().split();
5702 llvm::tie(rhptee, rhq) = cast<PointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType().split();
5704 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
5706 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
5707 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
5708 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
5711 // As a special case, 'non-__weak A *' -> 'non-__weak const *' is okay.
5712 if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime() &&
5713 lhq.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(rhq)) {
5714 // Ignore lifetime for further calculation.
5715 lhq.removeObjCLifetime();
5716 rhq.removeObjCLifetime();
5719 if (!lhq.compatiblyIncludes(rhq)) {
5720 // Treat address-space mismatches as fatal. TODO: address subspaces
5721 if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace())
5722 ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
5724 // It's okay to add or remove GC or lifetime qualifiers when converting to
5726 else if (lhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime()
5727 .compatiblyIncludes(
5728 rhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime())
5729 && (lhptee->isVoidType() || rhptee->isVoidType()))
5732 // Treat lifetime mismatches as fatal.
5733 else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime())
5734 ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
5736 // For GCC compatibility, other qualifier mismatches are treated
5737 // as still compatible in C.
5738 else ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
5741 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
5742 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
5743 // version of void...
5744 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
5745 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
5748 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
5749 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
5750 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
5753 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
5754 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
5757 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
5758 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
5759 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
5762 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
5763 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
5764 QualType ltrans = QualType(lhptee, 0), rtrans = QualType(rhptee, 0);
5765 if (!S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ltrans, rtrans)) {
5766 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
5767 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
5768 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
5769 if (lhptee->isCharType())
5770 ltrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
5771 else if (lhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
5772 ltrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(ltrans);
5774 if (rhptee->isCharType())
5775 rtrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
5776 else if (rhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
5777 rtrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rtrans);
5779 if (ltrans == rtrans) {
5780 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
5781 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
5782 // warning can be disabled.
5783 if (ConvTy != Sema::Compatible)
5786 return Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign;
5789 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
5790 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
5791 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
5792 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
5793 if (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee)) {
5795 lhptee = cast<PointerType>(lhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
5796 rhptee = cast<PointerType>(rhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
5797 } while (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee));
5799 if (lhptee == rhptee)
5800 return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
5803 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
5804 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
5806 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5807 S.IsNoReturnConversion(ltrans, rtrans, ltrans))
5808 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
5812 /// checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
5813 /// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
5814 /// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
5816 static Sema::AssignConvertType
5817 checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
5819 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
5820 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");
5822 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
5824 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
5825 lhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType();
5826 rhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType();
5828 // In C++, the types have to match exactly.
5829 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5830 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
5832 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
5834 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
5835 if (lhptee.getLocalQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalQualifiers())
5836 ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
5838 if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
5839 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
5844 /// checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
5845 /// for assignment compatibility.
5846 static Sema::AssignConvertType
5847 checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
5849 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS was not canonicalized!");
5850 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS was not canonicalized!");
5852 if (LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
5853 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
5854 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && !RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
5855 !RHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
5856 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
5857 return Sema::Compatible;
5859 if (RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
5860 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && !LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
5861 !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
5862 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
5863 return Sema::Compatible;
5865 QualType lhptee = LHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5866 QualType rhptee = RHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5868 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee) &&
5869 // make an exception for id<P>
5870 !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
5871 return Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
5873 if (S.Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
5874 return Sema::Compatible;
5875 if (LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
5876 return Sema::IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
5877 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
5880 Sema::AssignConvertType
5881 Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
5882 QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
5883 // Fake up an opaque expression. We don't actually care about what
5884 // cast operations are required, so if CheckAssignmentConstraints
5885 // adds casts to this they'll be wasted, but fortunately that doesn't
5886 // usually happen on valid code.
5887 OpaqueValueExpr RHSExpr(Loc, RHSType, VK_RValue);
5888 ExprResult RHSPtr = &RHSExpr;
5889 CastKind K = CK_Invalid;
5891 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSPtr, K);
5894 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
5895 /// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
5896 /// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
5900 /// struct foo *pfoo;
5902 /// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
5903 /// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
5904 /// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
5905 /// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
5907 /// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
5908 /// C99 spec dictates.
5910 /// Sets 'Kind' for any result kind except Incompatible.
5911 Sema::AssignConvertType
5912 Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS,
5914 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
5915 QualType OrigLHSType = LHSType;
5917 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
5919 LHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(LHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
5920 RHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(RHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
5922 // Common case: no conversion required.
5923 if (LHSType == RHSType) {
5928 // If we have an atomic type, try a non-atomic assignment, then just add an
5929 // atomic qualification step.
5930 if (const AtomicType *AtomicTy = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(LHSType)) {
5931 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
5932 CheckAssignmentConstraints(AtomicTy->getValueType(), RHS, Kind);
5933 if (result != Compatible)
5935 if (Kind != CK_NoOp)
5936 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), AtomicTy->getValueType(), Kind);
5937 Kind = CK_NonAtomicToAtomic;
5941 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
5942 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
5943 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
5944 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
5945 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
5946 // LHSType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
5948 if (const ReferenceType *LHSTypeRef = LHSType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
5949 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSTypeRef->getPointeeType(), RHSType)) {
5950 Kind = CK_LValueBitCast;
5953 return Incompatible;
5956 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
5957 // to the same ExtVector type.
5958 if (LHSType->isExtVectorType()) {
5959 if (RHSType->isExtVectorType())
5960 return Incompatible;
5961 if (RHSType->isArithmeticType()) {
5962 // CK_VectorSplat does T -> vector T, so first cast to the
5964 QualType elType = cast<ExtVectorType>(LHSType)->getElementType();
5965 if (elType != RHSType) {
5966 Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, elType);
5967 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), elType, Kind);
5969 Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
5974 // Conversions to or from vector type.
5975 if (LHSType->isVectorType() || RHSType->isVectorType()) {
5976 if (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) {
5977 // Allow assignments of an AltiVec vector type to an equivalent GCC
5978 // vector type and vice versa
5979 if (Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
5984 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
5985 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
5986 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
5987 if (getLangOpts().LaxVectorConversions &&
5988 (Context.getTypeSize(LHSType) == Context.getTypeSize(RHSType))) {
5990 return IncompatibleVectors;
5993 return Incompatible;
5996 // Arithmetic conversions.
5997 if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType() &&
5998 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHSType->isEnumeralType())) {
5999 Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, LHSType);
6003 // Conversions to normal pointers.
6004 if (const PointerType *LHSPointer = dyn_cast<PointerType>(LHSType)) {
6006 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
6008 return checkPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
6012 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
6013 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null?
6014 return IntToPointer;
6017 // C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
6018 // with two exceptions:
6019 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
6020 // - conversions to void*
6021 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
6026 // - conversions from 'Class' to the redefinition type
6027 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
6028 Context.hasSameType(LHSType,
6029 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
6035 return IncompatiblePointer;
6039 if (RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
6040 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
6046 return Incompatible;
6049 // Conversions to block pointers.
6050 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)) {
6052 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
6054 return checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
6057 // int or null -> T^
6058 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
6059 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
6060 return IntToBlockPointer;
6064 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && RHSType->isObjCIdType()) {
6065 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
6070 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
6071 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
6072 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
6076 return Incompatible;
6079 // Conversions to Objective-C pointers.
6080 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(LHSType)) {
6082 if (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6084 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
6085 checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
6086 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6087 result == Compatible &&
6088 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(OrigLHSType, RHSType))
6089 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
6093 // int or null -> A*
6094 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
6095 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
6096 return IntToPointer;
6099 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
6100 // with two exceptions:
6101 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
6102 Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
6104 // - conversions from 'void*'
6105 if (RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) {
6109 // - conversions to 'Class' from its redefinition type
6110 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
6111 Context.hasSameType(RHSType,
6112 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
6116 return IncompatiblePointer;
6120 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
6121 maybeExtendBlockObject(*this, RHS);
6122 Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
6126 return Incompatible;
6129 // Conversions from pointers that are not covered by the above.
6130 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
6132 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
6133 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
6138 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
6139 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
6140 return PointerToInt;
6143 return Incompatible;
6146 // Conversions from Objective-C pointers that are not covered by the above.
6147 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
6149 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
6150 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
6155 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
6156 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
6157 return PointerToInt;
6160 return Incompatible;
6163 // struct A -> struct B
6164 if (isa<TagType>(LHSType) && isa<TagType>(RHSType)) {
6165 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
6171 return Incompatible;
6174 /// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
6175 /// used to initialize the transparent union.
6176 static void ConstructTransparentUnion(Sema &S, ASTContext &C,
6177 ExprResult &EResult, QualType UnionType,
6179 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
6180 // of the transparent union.
6181 Expr *E = EResult.take();
6182 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(),
6183 E, SourceLocation());
6184 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
6185 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
6187 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
6188 // union type from this initializer list.
6189 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
6191 new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
6192 VK_RValue, Initializer, false));
6195 Sema::AssignConvertType
6196 Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
6198 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
6200 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
6201 // transparent_union GCC extension.
6202 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
6203 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
6204 return Incompatible;
6206 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
6207 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
6208 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
6209 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
6210 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
6211 itend = UD->field_end();
6212 it != itend; ++it) {
6213 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
6214 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
6216 // 2) null pointer constant
6217 if (RHSType->isPointerType())
6218 if (RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
6219 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), it->getType(), CK_BitCast);
6224 if (RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6225 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
6226 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), it->getType(),
6233 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
6234 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), RHS, Kind)
6236 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), it->getType(), Kind);
6243 return Incompatible;
6245 ConstructTransparentUnion(*this, Context, RHS, ArgType, InitField);
6249 Sema::AssignConvertType
6250 Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS,
6252 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6253 if (!LHSType->isRecordType() && !LHSType->isAtomicType()) {
6254 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
6255 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
6256 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
6259 Res = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
6262 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
6263 TryImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
6264 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
6265 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
6266 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
6268 /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false);
6269 if (ICS.isFailure())
6270 return Incompatible;
6271 Res = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
6274 if (Res.isInvalid())
6275 return Incompatible;
6276 Sema::AssignConvertType result = Compatible;
6277 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6278 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(LHSType,
6279 RHS.get()->getType()))
6280 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
6285 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
6287 // FIXME: We also fall through for atomics; not sure what should
6288 // happen there, though.
6291 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
6292 // a null pointer constant.
6293 if ((LHSType->isPointerType() ||
6294 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
6295 LHSType->isBlockPointerType())
6296 && RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6297 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
6298 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
6302 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
6303 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
6304 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
6305 // expressions that suppress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
6307 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
6308 if (!LHSType->isReferenceType()) {
6309 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
6310 if (RHS.isInvalid())
6311 return Incompatible;
6314 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
6315 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
6316 CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS, Kind);
6318 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
6319 // type of the assignment expression.
6320 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
6321 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
6322 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
6323 // does not have reference type.
6324 if (result != Incompatible && RHS.get()->getType() != LHSType)
6325 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(),
6326 LHSType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), Kind);
6330 QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
6332 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
6333 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
6334 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6338 QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6339 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
6340 if (!IsCompAssign) {
6341 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.take());
6342 if (LHS.isInvalid())
6345 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
6346 if (RHS.isInvalid())
6349 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
6350 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
6352 Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
6354 Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
6356 // If the vector types are identical, return.
6357 if (LHSType == RHSType)
6360 // Handle the case of equivalent AltiVec and GCC vector types
6361 if (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isVectorType() &&
6362 Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
6363 if (LHSType->isExtVectorType()) {
6364 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
6369 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
6373 if (getLangOpts().LaxVectorConversions &&
6374 Context.getTypeSize(LHSType) == Context.getTypeSize(RHSType)) {
6375 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
6376 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a
6377 // bitcast; no bits are changed but the result type is different.
6378 // FIXME: Should we really be allowing this?
6379 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
6383 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
6384 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
6385 bool swapped = false;
6386 if (RHSType->isExtVectorType() && !IsCompAssign) {
6388 std::swap(RHS, LHS);
6389 std::swap(RHSType, LHSType);
6392 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
6393 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = LHSType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
6394 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
6395 if (EltTy->isIntegralType(Context) && RHSType->isIntegralType(Context)) {
6396 int order = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, RHSType);
6398 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), EltTy, CK_IntegralCast);
6400 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_VectorSplat);
6401 if (swapped) std::swap(RHS, LHS);
6405 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && RHSType->isScalarType() &&
6406 RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) {
6407 int order = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, RHSType);
6409 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), EltTy, CK_FloatingCast);
6411 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_VectorSplat);
6412 if (swapped) std::swap(RHS, LHS);
6418 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
6419 if (swapped) std::swap(RHS, LHS);
6420 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
6421 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
6422 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6426 // checkArithmeticNull - Detect when a NULL constant is used improperly in an
6427 // expression. These are mainly cases where the null pointer is used as an
6428 // integer instead of a pointer.
6429 static void checkArithmeticNull(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6430 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompare) {
6431 // The canonical way to check for a GNU null is with isNullPointerConstant,
6432 // but we use a bit of a hack here for speed; this is a relatively
6433 // hot path, and isNullPointerConstant is slow.
6434 bool LHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
6435 bool RHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
6437 QualType NonNullType = LHSNull ? RHS.get()->getType() : LHS.get()->getType();
6439 // Avoid analyzing cases where the result will either be invalid (and
6440 // diagnosed as such) or entirely valid and not something to warn about.
6441 if ((!LHSNull && !RHSNull) || NonNullType->isBlockPointerType() ||
6442 NonNullType->isMemberPointerType() || NonNullType->isFunctionType())
6445 // Comparison operations would not make sense with a null pointer no matter
6446 // what the other expression is.
6448 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_arithmetic_operation)
6449 << (LHSNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
6450 << (RHSNull ? RHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
6454 // The rest of the operations only make sense with a null pointer
6455 // if the other expression is a pointer.
6456 if (LHSNull == RHSNull || NonNullType->isAnyPointerType() ||
6457 NonNullType->canDecayToPointerType())
6460 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_comparison_operation)
6461 << LHSNull /* LHS is NULL */ << NonNullType
6462 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6465 QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6467 bool IsCompAssign, bool IsDiv) {
6468 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
6470 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
6471 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
6472 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
6474 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign);
6475 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
6479 if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isArithmeticType())
6480 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
6482 // Check for division by zero.
6484 RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6485 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
6486 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
6487 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
6492 QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
6493 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
6494 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
6496 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
6497 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
6498 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
6499 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
6500 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
6501 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
6504 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign);
6505 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
6508 if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isIntegerType())
6509 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
6511 // Check for remainder by zero.
6512 if (RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6513 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
6514 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
6515 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
6520 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two void pointers.
6521 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
6522 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
6523 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
6524 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
6525 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
6526 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
6527 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
6530 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a void pointer.
6531 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
6533 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
6534 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
6535 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
6536 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getSourceRange();
6539 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two function pointers.
6540 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
6541 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
6542 assert(LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
6543 assert(RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
6544 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
6545 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
6546 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
6547 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
6548 // We only show the second type if it differs from the first.
6549 << (unsigned)!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS->getType(),
6551 << RHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
6552 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
6555 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a function pointer.
6556 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
6558 assert(Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
6559 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
6560 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
6561 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
6562 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getType()->getPointeeType()
6563 << 0 /* one pointer, so only one type */
6564 << Pointer->getSourceRange();
6567 /// \brief Emit error if Operand is incomplete pointer type
6569 /// \returns True if pointer has incomplete type
6570 static bool checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
6572 assert(Operand->getType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
6573 !Operand->getType()->isDependentType());
6574 QualType PointeeTy = Operand->getType()->getPointeeType();
6575 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
6576 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
6577 PointeeTy, Operand->getSourceRange());
6580 /// \brief Check the validity of an arithmetic pointer operand.
6582 /// If the operand has pointer type, this code will check for pointer types
6583 /// which are invalid in arithmetic operations. These will be diagnosed
6584 /// appropriately, including whether or not the use is supported as an
6587 /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
6588 static bool checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
6590 if (!Operand->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) return true;
6592 QualType PointeeTy = Operand->getType()->getPointeeType();
6593 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
6594 diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
6595 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
6597 if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
6598 diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
6599 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
6602 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, Operand)) return false;
6607 /// \brief Check the validity of a binary arithmetic operation w.r.t. pointer
6610 /// This routine will diagnose any invalid arithmetic on pointer operands much
6611 /// like \see checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand. However, it has special logic
6612 /// for emitting a single diagnostic even for operations where both LHS and RHS
6613 /// are (potentially problematic) pointers.
6615 /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
6616 static bool checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
6617 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
6618 bool isLHSPointer = LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
6619 bool isRHSPointer = RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
6620 if (!isLHSPointer && !isRHSPointer) return true;
6622 QualType LHSPointeeTy, RHSPointeeTy;
6623 if (isLHSPointer) LHSPointeeTy = LHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
6624 if (isRHSPointer) RHSPointeeTy = RHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
6626 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
6627 bool isLHSVoidPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
6628 bool isRHSVoidPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
6629 if (isLHSVoidPtr || isRHSVoidPtr) {
6630 if (!isRHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
6631 else if (!isLHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, RHSExpr);
6632 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
6634 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
6637 bool isLHSFuncPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
6638 bool isRHSFuncPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
6639 if (isLHSFuncPtr || isRHSFuncPtr) {
6640 if (!isRHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
6641 else if (!isLHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc,
6643 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
6645 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
6648 if (isLHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, LHSExpr))
6650 if (isRHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, RHSExpr))
6656 /// diagnoseStringPlusInt - Emit a warning when adding an integer to a string
6658 static void diagnoseStringPlusInt(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6659 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
6660 StringLiteral* StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
6661 Expr* IndexExpr = RHSExpr;
6663 StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
6664 IndexExpr = LHSExpr;
6667 bool IsStringPlusInt = StrExpr &&
6668 IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType();
6669 if (!IsStringPlusInt)
6673 if (IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Self.getASTContext())) {
6674 unsigned StrLenWithNull = StrExpr->getLength() + 1;
6675 if (index.isNonNegative() &&
6676 index <= llvm::APSInt(llvm::APInt(index.getBitWidth(), StrLenWithNull),
6677 index.isUnsigned()))
6681 SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
6682 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_int)
6683 << DiagRange << IndexExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType();
6685 // Only print a fixit for "str" + int, not for int + "str".
6686 if (IndexExpr == RHSExpr) {
6687 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
6688 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_int_silence)
6689 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), "&")
6690 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[")
6691 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]");
6693 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_int_silence);
6696 /// \brief Emit error when two pointers are incompatible.
6697 static void diagnosePointerIncompatibility(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
6698 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
6699 assert(LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
6700 assert(RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
6701 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
6702 << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
6703 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
6706 QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
6707 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6708 QualType* CompLHSTy) {
6709 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
6711 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
6712 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
6713 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy);
6714 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
6718 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy);
6719 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
6722 // Diagnose "string literal" '+' int.
6724 diagnoseStringPlusInt(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
6726 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
6727 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) {
6728 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
6732 // Type-checking. Ultimately the pointer's going to be in PExp;
6733 // note that we bias towards the LHS being the pointer.
6734 Expr *PExp = LHS.get(), *IExp = RHS.get();
6737 if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) {
6738 isObjCPointer = false;
6739 } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6740 isObjCPointer = true;
6742 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
6743 if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) {
6744 isObjCPointer = false;
6745 } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6746 isObjCPointer = true;
6748 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
6751 assert(PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
6753 if (!IExp->getType()->isIntegerType())
6754 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
6756 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, PExp))
6759 if (isObjCPointer && checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, PExp))
6762 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
6763 CheckArrayAccess(PExp, IExp);
6766 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
6767 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
6768 LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6769 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
6770 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
6775 return PExp->getType();
6779 QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6781 QualType* CompLHSTy) {
6782 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
6784 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
6785 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
6786 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy);
6787 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
6791 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy);
6792 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
6795 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
6797 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
6798 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) {
6799 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
6803 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
6804 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
6805 QualType lpointee = LHS.get()->getType()->getPointeeType();
6807 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
6808 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
6809 checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
6812 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
6813 if (RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
6814 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
6817 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
6818 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), /*ArraySubscriptExpr*/0,
6819 /*AllowOnePastEnd*/true, /*IndexNegated*/true);
6821 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6822 return LHS.get()->getType();
6825 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
6826 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy
6827 = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
6828 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
6830 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6831 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
6832 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
6833 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
6836 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
6837 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
6838 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
6839 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
6840 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
6845 if (!checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(*this, Loc,
6846 LHS.get(), RHS.get()))
6849 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6850 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
6854 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
6857 static bool isScopedEnumerationType(QualType T) {
6858 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
6859 return ET->getDecl()->isScoped();
6863 static void DiagnoseBadShiftValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6864 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6866 // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS (more defined),
6867 // so skip remaining warnings as we don't want to modify values within Sema.
6868 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL)
6872 // Check right/shifter operand
6873 if (RHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
6874 !RHS.get()->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, S.Context))
6877 if (Right.isNegative()) {
6878 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
6879 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_negative)
6880 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
6883 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
6884 S.Context.getTypeSize(LHS.get()->getType()));
6885 if (Right.uge(LeftBits)) {
6886 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
6887 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth)
6888 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
6894 // When left shifting an ICE which is signed, we can check for overflow which
6895 // according to C++ has undefined behavior ([expr.shift] 5.8/2). Unsigned
6896 // integers have defined behavior modulo one more than the maximum value
6897 // representable in the result type, so never warn for those.
6899 if (LHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
6900 !LHS.get()->isIntegerConstantExpr(Left, S.Context) ||
6901 LHSType->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
6903 llvm::APInt ResultBits =
6904 static_cast<llvm::APInt&>(Right) + Left.getMinSignedBits();
6905 if (LeftBits.uge(ResultBits))
6907 llvm::APSInt Result = Left.extend(ResultBits.getLimitedValue());
6908 Result = Result.shl(Right);
6910 // Print the bit representation of the signed integer as an unsigned
6911 // hexadecimal number.
6912 SmallString<40> HexResult;
6913 Result.toString(HexResult, 16, /*Signed =*/false, /*Literal =*/true);
6915 // If we are only missing a sign bit, this is less likely to result in actual
6916 // bugs -- if the result is cast back to an unsigned type, it will have the
6917 // expected value. Thus we place this behind a different warning that can be
6918 // turned off separately if needed.
6919 if (LeftBits == ResultBits - 1) {
6920 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_sets_sign_bit)
6921 << HexResult.str() << LHSType
6922 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6926 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_gt_typewidth)
6927 << HexResult.str() << Result.getMinSignedBits() << LHSType
6928 << Left.getBitWidth() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6929 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6933 QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6934 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6935 bool IsCompAssign) {
6936 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
6938 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
6939 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
6940 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
6941 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
6943 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
6944 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
6946 // For the LHS, do usual unary conversions, but then reset them away
6947 // if this is a compound assignment.
6948 ExprResult OldLHS = LHS;
6949 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.take());
6950 if (LHS.isInvalid())
6952 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
6953 if (IsCompAssign) LHS = OldLHS;
6955 // The RHS is simpler.
6956 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.take());
6957 if (RHS.isInvalid())
6959 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
6961 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
6962 if (!LHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
6963 !RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
6964 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
6966 // C++0x: Don't allow scoped enums. FIXME: Use something better than
6967 // hasIntegerRepresentation() above instead of this.
6968 if (isScopedEnumerationType(LHSType) ||
6969 isScopedEnumerationType(RHSType)) {
6970 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
6972 // Sanity-check shift operands
6973 DiagnoseBadShiftValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc, LHSType);
6975 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
6979 static bool IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(Decl *D) {
6980 if (DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext()) {
6981 if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(DC))
6983 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
6984 return FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
6989 /// If two different enums are compared, raise a warning.
6990 static void checkEnumComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS,
6992 QualType LHSStrippedType = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
6993 QualType RHSStrippedType = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
6995 const EnumType *LHSEnumType = LHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>();
6998 const EnumType *RHSEnumType = RHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>();
7002 // Ignore anonymous enums.
7003 if (!LHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
7005 if (!RHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
7008 if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSStrippedType, RHSStrippedType))
7011 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comparison_of_mixed_enum_types)
7012 << LHSStrippedType << RHSStrippedType
7013 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
7016 /// \brief Diagnose bad pointer comparisons.
7017 static void diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7018 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7020 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers
7021 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
7022 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
7023 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7026 /// \brief Returns false if the pointers are converted to a composite type,
7028 static bool convertPointersToCompositeType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7029 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS) {
7030 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
7031 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
7032 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
7033 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
7034 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
7036 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
7037 // comparisons of pointers.
7040 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
7041 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
7042 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
7043 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
7044 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
7045 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
7046 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
7047 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
7050 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
7051 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
7052 assert((LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) ||
7053 (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() && RHSType->isMemberPointerType()));
7055 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
7056 bool *BoolPtr = S.isSFINAEContext() ? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType;
7057 QualType T = S.FindCompositePointerType(Loc, LHS, RHS, BoolPtr);
7059 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(S, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/true);
7063 if (NonStandardCompositeType)
7064 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
7065 << LHSType << RHSType << T << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
7066 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7068 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), T, CK_BitCast);
7069 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), T, CK_BitCast);
7073 static void diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7077 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void
7078 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
7079 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
7080 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7083 static bool isObjCObjectLiteral(ExprResult &E) {
7084 switch (E.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getStmtClass()) {
7085 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
7086 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
7087 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
7088 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
7091 // Note that ObjCBoolLiteral is NOT an object literal!
7096 static bool hasIsEqualMethod(Sema &S, const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS) {
7097 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Type =
7098 LHS->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7100 // If this is not actually an Objective-C object, bail out.
7104 // Get the LHS object's interface type.
7105 QualType InterfaceType = Type->getPointeeType();
7106 if (const ObjCObjectType *iQFaceTy =
7107 InterfaceType->getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType())
7108 InterfaceType = iQFaceTy->getBaseType();
7110 // If the RHS isn't an Objective-C object, bail out.
7111 if (!RHS->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7114 // Try to find the -isEqual: method.
7115 Selector IsEqualSel = S.NSAPIObj->getIsEqualSelector();
7116 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = S.LookupMethodInObjectType(IsEqualSel,
7120 if (Type->isObjCIdType()) {
7121 // For 'id', just check the global pool.
7122 Method = S.LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(IsEqualSel, SourceRange(),
7123 /*receiverId=*/true,
7127 Method = S.LookupMethodInQualifiedType(IsEqualSel, Type,
7135 QualType T = Method->param_begin()[0]->getType();
7136 if (!T->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7139 QualType R = Method->getResultType();
7140 if (!R->isScalarType())
7146 Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Sema::CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE) {
7147 FromE = FromE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7148 switch (FromE->getStmtClass()) {
7151 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
7154 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
7157 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
7158 // "dictionary literal"
7159 return LK_Dictionary;
7160 case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
7162 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: {
7163 Expr *Inner = cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(FromE)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
7164 switch (Inner->getStmtClass()) {
7165 case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
7166 case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
7167 case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
7168 case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
7169 case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
7170 // "numeric literal"
7172 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
7173 CastKind CK = cast<CastExpr>(Inner)->getCastKind();
7174 // Boolean literals can be represented by implicit casts.
7175 if (CK == CK_IntegralToBoolean || CK == CK_IntegralCast)
7188 static void diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7189 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7190 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc){
7193 if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS)) {
7194 Literal = LHS.get();
7197 Literal = RHS.get();
7201 // Don't warn on comparisons against nil.
7202 Other = Other->IgnoreParenCasts();
7203 if (Other->isNullPointerConstant(S.getASTContext(),
7204 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
7207 // This should be kept in sync with warn_objc_literal_comparison.
7208 // LK_String should always be after the other literals, since it has its own
7210 Sema::ObjCLiteralKind LiteralKind = S.CheckLiteralKind(Literal);
7211 assert(LiteralKind != Sema::LK_Block);
7212 if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_None) {
7213 llvm_unreachable("Unknown Objective-C object literal kind");
7216 if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_String)
7217 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_string_literal_comparison)
7218 << Literal->getSourceRange();
7220 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_literal_comparison)
7221 << LiteralKind << Literal->getSourceRange();
7223 if (BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc) &&
7224 hasIsEqualMethod(S, LHS.get(), RHS.get())) {
7225 SourceLocation Start = LHS.get()->getLocStart();
7226 SourceLocation End = S.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getLocEnd());
7227 CharSourceRange OpRange =
7228 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, S.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc));
7230 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_objc_literal_comparison_isequal)
7231 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Start, Opc == BO_EQ ? "[" : "![")
7232 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, " isEqual:")
7233 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(End, "]");
7237 // C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
7238 QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7239 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
7240 bool IsRelational) {
7241 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/true);
7243 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = (BinaryOperatorKind) OpaqueOpc;
7245 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
7246 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
7247 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
7248 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsRelational);
7250 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
7251 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
7253 Expr *LHSStripped = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7254 Expr *RHSStripped = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7256 checkEnumComparison(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
7258 if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() &&
7259 !(LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && IsRelational) &&
7260 !LHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID() &&
7261 !RHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID()) {
7262 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
7263 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
7264 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
7266 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparison expressions resulting from macro
7267 // expansion. Also don't warn about comparisons which are only self
7268 // comparisons within a template specialization. The warnings should catch
7269 // obvious cases in the definition of the template anyways. The idea is to
7270 // warn when the typed comparison operator will always evaluate to the same
7272 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped)) {
7273 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped)) {
7274 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
7275 !IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(DRL->getDecl())) {
7276 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
7281 } else if (LHSType->isArrayType() && RHSType->isArrayType() &&
7282 !DRL->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType() &&
7283 !DRR->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
7284 // what is it always going to eval to?
7285 char always_evals_to;
7287 case BO_EQ: // e.g. array1 == array2
7288 always_evals_to = 0; // false
7290 case BO_NE: // e.g. array1 != array2
7291 always_evals_to = 1; // true
7294 // best we can say is 'a constant'
7295 always_evals_to = 2; // e.g. array1 <= array2
7298 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
7300 << always_evals_to);
7305 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
7306 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
7307 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
7308 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
7310 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
7311 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
7312 Expr *literalString = 0;
7313 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
7314 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
7315 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
7316 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
7317 literalString = LHS.get();
7318 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
7319 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
7320 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
7321 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
7322 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
7323 literalString = RHS.get();
7324 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
7327 if (literalString) {
7328 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0,
7329 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
7330 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
7331 << literalString->getSourceRange());
7335 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
7336 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
7337 RHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
7338 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
7339 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
7343 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.take());
7344 if (LHS.isInvalid())
7347 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.take());
7348 if (RHS.isInvalid())
7352 LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
7353 RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
7355 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
7356 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
7359 if (LHSType->isRealType() && RHSType->isRealType())
7362 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
7363 if (LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
7364 CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
7366 if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType())
7370 bool LHSIsNull = LHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
7371 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
7372 bool RHSIsNull = RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
7373 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
7375 // All of the following pointer-related warnings are GCC extensions, except
7376 // when handling null pointer constants.
7377 if (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
7378 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
7379 LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
7380 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
7381 RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
7383 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7384 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
7386 if (!IsRelational &&
7387 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
7388 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
7389 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
7390 // In a SFINAE context, we treat this as a hard error to maintain
7391 // conformance with the C++ standard.
7392 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
7393 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
7394 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(
7395 *this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/ (bool)isSFINAEContext());
7397 if (isSFINAEContext())
7400 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
7405 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
7410 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
7411 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
7412 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
7413 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
7414 if (IsRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
7415 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
7416 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
7417 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7419 } else if (!IsRelational &&
7420 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
7421 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
7422 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
7423 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
7424 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
7428 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/false);
7430 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) {
7431 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
7432 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
7434 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
7439 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7440 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
7441 if (LHSType->isNullPtrType() && RHSType->isNullPtrType())
7444 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
7445 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
7447 ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() || LHSType->isNullPtrType()) ||
7449 (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || LHSType->isBlockPointerType())))) {
7450 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType,
7451 LHSType->isMemberPointerType()
7452 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
7453 : CK_NullToPointer);
7457 ((RHSType->isAnyPointerType() || RHSType->isNullPtrType()) ||
7459 (RHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isBlockPointerType())))) {
7460 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType,
7461 RHSType->isMemberPointerType()
7462 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
7463 : CK_NullToPointer);
7467 // Comparison of member pointers.
7468 if (!IsRelational &&
7469 LHSType->isMemberPointerType() && RHSType->isMemberPointerType()) {
7470 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
7476 // Handle scoped enumeration types specifically, since they don't promote
7478 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isEnumeralType() &&
7479 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS.get()->getType(),
7480 RHS.get()->getType()))
7484 // Handle block pointer types.
7485 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() &&
7486 RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
7487 QualType lpointee = LHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7488 QualType rpointee = RHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7490 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
7491 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
7492 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
7493 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
7494 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7496 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
7500 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
7502 && ((LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType())
7503 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
7504 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
7505 if (!((RHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
7506 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
7507 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
7508 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
7509 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
7510 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
7511 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7513 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
7514 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType,
7515 RHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
7516 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
7518 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType,
7519 LHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
7520 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
7524 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
7525 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7526 const PointerType *LPT = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
7527 const PointerType *RPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
7529 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? LPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
7530 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? RPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
7532 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
7533 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
7534 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
7537 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
7538 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType,
7539 RPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
7541 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType,
7542 LPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
7545 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
7546 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7547 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(LHSType, RHSType))
7548 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
7550 if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS) || isObjCObjectLiteral(RHS))
7551 diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, Opc);
7553 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
7554 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
7556 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
7560 if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
7561 (LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isAnyPointerType())) {
7562 unsigned DiagID = 0;
7563 bool isError = false;
7564 if (LangOpts.DebuggerSupport) {
7565 // Under a debugger, allow the comparison of pointers to integers,
7566 // since users tend to want to compare addresses.
7567 } else if ((LHSIsNull && LHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
7568 (RHSIsNull && RHSType->isIntegerType())) {
7569 if (IsRelational && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
7570 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
7571 } else if (IsRelational && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
7572 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
7573 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7574 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
7577 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
7581 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
7582 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7587 if (LHSType->isIntegerType())
7588 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType,
7589 LHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
7591 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType,
7592 RHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
7596 // Handle block pointers.
7597 if (!IsRelational && RHSIsNull
7598 && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7599 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
7602 if (!IsRelational && LHSIsNull
7603 && LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
7604 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
7608 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7612 // Return a signed type that is of identical size and number of elements.
7613 // For floating point vectors, return an integer type of identical size
7614 // and number of elements.
7615 QualType Sema::GetSignedVectorType(QualType V) {
7616 const VectorType *VTy = V->getAs<VectorType>();
7617 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
7618 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy))
7619 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements());
7620 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy))
7621 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements());
7622 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
7623 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
7624 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
7625 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
7626 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
7627 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
7628 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
7631 /// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
7632 /// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
7633 /// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
7635 QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7637 bool IsRelational) {
7638 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
7639 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
7640 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompAssign*/false);
7644 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
7646 // If AltiVec, the comparison results in a numeric type, i.e.
7647 // bool for C++, int for C
7648 if (vType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector)
7649 return Context.getLogicalOperationType();
7651 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
7652 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
7653 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
7654 if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) {
7655 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL
7656 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
7657 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR
7658 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
7659 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
7660 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0,
7661 PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
7663 << 2 // "a constant"
7667 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
7668 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) {
7669 assert (RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation());
7670 CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
7673 // Return a signed type for the vector.
7674 return GetSignedVectorType(LHSType);
7677 QualType Sema::CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7678 SourceLocation Loc) {
7679 // Ensure that either both operands are of the same vector type, or
7680 // one operand is of a vector type and the other is of its element type.
7681 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, false);
7683 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7684 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120 &&
7685 vType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
7686 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7688 return GetSignedVectorType(LHS.get()->getType());
7691 inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
7692 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
7693 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
7695 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
7696 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
7697 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
7698 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
7699 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
7701 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7704 ExprResult LHSResult = Owned(LHS), RHSResult = Owned(RHS);
7705 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHSResult, RHSResult,
7707 if (LHSResult.isInvalid() || RHSResult.isInvalid())
7709 LHS = LHSResult.take();
7710 RHS = RHSResult.take();
7712 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
7714 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7717 inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
7718 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc) {
7720 // Check vector operands differently.
7721 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
7722 return CheckVectorLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc);
7724 // Diagnose cases where the user write a logical and/or but probably meant a
7725 // bitwise one. We do this when the LHS is a non-bool integer and the RHS
7727 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
7728 !LHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() &&
7729 RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && !RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
7730 // Don't warn in macros or template instantiations.
7731 !Loc.isMacroID() && ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7732 // If the RHS can be constant folded, and if it constant folds to something
7733 // that isn't 0 or 1 (which indicate a potential logical operation that
7734 // happened to fold to true/false) then warn.
7735 // Parens on the RHS are ignored.
7736 llvm::APSInt Result;
7737 if (RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context))
7738 if ((getLangOpts().Bool && !RHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType()) ||
7739 (Result != 0 && Result != 1)) {
7740 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise)
7741 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()
7742 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&&" : "||");
7743 // Suggest replacing the logical operator with the bitwise version
7744 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_change_operator)
7745 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|")
7746 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(
7747 Loc, Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(Loc, 0, getSourceManager(),
7749 Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|");
7751 // Suggest replacing "Foo() && kNonZero" with "Foo()"
7752 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_remove_constant)
7753 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7755 Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(LHS.get()->getLocEnd(),
7756 0, getSourceManager(),
7758 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()));
7762 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7763 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.g: The logical operators and (&&), or (||) do
7764 // not operate on the built-in scalar and vector float types.
7765 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
7766 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
7767 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType() ||
7768 RHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType())
7769 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7772 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.take());
7773 if (LHS.isInvalid())
7776 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.take());
7777 if (RHS.isInvalid())
7780 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType() ||
7781 !RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType())
7782 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7784 return Context.IntTy;
7787 // The following is safe because we only use this method for
7788 // non-overloadable operands.
7790 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
7791 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
7792 // The operands are both contextually converted to type bool.
7793 ExprResult LHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(LHS.get());
7794 if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
7795 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7798 ExprResult RHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(RHS.get());
7799 if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
7800 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7803 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
7804 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
7805 // The result is a bool.
7806 return Context.BoolTy;
7809 /// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
7810 /// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
7811 /// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
7813 static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
7814 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PropExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
7815 if (!PropExpr) return false;
7816 if (PropExpr->isImplicitProperty()) return false;
7818 ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getExplicitProperty();
7819 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->isSuperReceiver() ?
7820 PropExpr->getSuperReceiverType() :
7821 PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
7823 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
7824 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
7825 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
7826 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
7831 static bool IsReadonlyMessage(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
7832 const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
7833 if (!ME) return false;
7834 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) return false;
7835 ObjCMessageExpr *Base =
7836 dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
7837 if (!Base) return false;
7838 return Base->getMethodDecl() != 0;
7841 /// Is the given expression (which must be 'const') a reference to a
7842 /// variable which was originally non-const, but which has become
7843 /// 'const' due to being captured within a block?
7844 enum NonConstCaptureKind { NCCK_None, NCCK_Block, NCCK_Lambda };
7845 static NonConstCaptureKind isReferenceToNonConstCapture(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
7846 assert(E->isLValue() && E->getType().isConstQualified());
7847 E = E->IgnoreParens();
7849 // Must be a reference to a declaration from an enclosing scope.
7850 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7851 if (!DRE) return NCCK_None;
7852 if (!DRE->refersToEnclosingLocal()) return NCCK_None;
7854 // The declaration must be a variable which is not declared 'const'.
7855 VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
7856 if (!var) return NCCK_None;
7857 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) return NCCK_None;
7858 assert(var->hasLocalStorage() && "capture added 'const' to non-local?");
7860 // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda.
7861 DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
7862 while (DC->getParent() != var->getDeclContext())
7863 DC = DC->getParent();
7864 return (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) ? NCCK_Block : NCCK_Lambda);
7867 /// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
7868 /// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
7869 static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
7870 assert(!E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
7871 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
7872 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
7874 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
7875 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
7876 else if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary && IsReadonlyMessage(E, S))
7877 IsLV = Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression;
7878 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
7882 bool NeedType = false;
7883 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
7884 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified:
7885 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const;
7887 // Use a specialized diagnostic when we're assigning to an object
7888 // from an enclosing function or block.
7889 if (NonConstCaptureKind NCCK = isReferenceToNonConstCapture(S, E)) {
7890 if (NCCK == NCCK_Block)
7891 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
7893 Diag = diag::err_lambda_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
7897 // In ARC, use some specialized diagnostics for occasions where we
7898 // infer 'const'. These are always pseudo-strong variables.
7899 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
7900 DeclRefExpr *declRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts());
7901 if (declRef && isa<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl())) {
7902 VarDecl *var = cast<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl());
7904 // Use the normal diagnostic if it's pseudo-__strong but the
7905 // user actually wrote 'const'.
7906 if (var->isARCPseudoStrong() &&
7907 (!var->getTypeSourceInfo() ||
7908 !var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType().isConstQualified())) {
7909 // There are two pseudo-strong cases:
7911 ObjCMethodDecl *method = S.getCurMethodDecl();
7912 if (method && var == method->getSelfDecl())
7913 Diag = method->isClassMethod()
7914 ? diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self_class_method
7915 : diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self;
7917 // - fast enumeration variables
7919 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_arr_assign_enumeration;
7923 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
7924 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
7925 // We need to preserve the AST regardless, so migration tool
7933 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
7934 case Expr::MLV_ArrayTemporary:
7935 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
7938 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
7939 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
7942 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
7943 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
7945 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
7946 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
7947 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
7948 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
7949 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
7950 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
7952 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
7953 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
7954 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
7955 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue, E);
7956 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
7957 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
7959 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
7960 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
7961 llvm_unreachable("readonly properties should be processed differently");
7962 case Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression:
7963 Diag = diag::error_readonly_message_assignment;
7965 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
7966 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
7972 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
7974 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
7976 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
7980 static void CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
7984 MemberExpr *ML = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr);
7985 MemberExpr *MR = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr);
7986 if (ML && MR && ML->getMemberDecl() == MR->getMemberDecl()) {
7987 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ML->getBase()) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(MR->getBase()))
7988 Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 0;
7991 // Objective-C instance variables
7992 ObjCIvarRefExpr *OL = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
7993 ObjCIvarRefExpr *OR = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
7994 if (OL && OR && OL->getDecl() == OR->getDecl()) {
7995 DeclRefExpr *RL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OL->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts());
7996 DeclRefExpr *RR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OR->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts());
7997 if (RL && RR && RL->getDecl() == RR->getDecl())
7998 Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 1;
8003 QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS,
8005 QualType CompoundType) {
8006 assert(!LHSExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
8008 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
8009 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHSExpr, Loc, *this))
8012 QualType LHSType = LHSExpr->getType();
8013 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS.get()->getType() :
8015 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
8016 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
8017 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS.get();
8019 CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(LHSExpr, RHSCheck, Loc, *this);
8021 QualType LHSTy(LHSType);
8022 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
8023 if (RHS.isInvalid())
8025 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
8026 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
8027 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
8028 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
8029 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
8030 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
8031 ConvTy = Compatible;
8033 if (ConvTy == Compatible &&
8034 LHSType->isObjCObjectType())
8035 Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_object_assignment)
8038 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
8039 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
8040 // instead of "x += 4".
8041 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
8042 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
8043 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
8044 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ||
8045 UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus) &&
8046 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
8047 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
8048 Loc.getLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
8049 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
8050 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
8051 Loc.getLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
8052 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
8053 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
8054 << (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ? "+" : "-")
8055 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
8059 if (ConvTy == Compatible) {
8060 if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
8061 // Warn about retain cycles where a block captures the LHS, but
8062 // not if the LHS is a simple variable into which the block is
8063 // being stored...unless that variable can be captured by reference!
8064 const Expr *InnerLHS = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
8065 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InnerLHS);
8066 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl()->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8067 checkRetainCycles(LHSExpr, RHS.get());
8069 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8070 // Although this code can still have problems:
8071 // id x = self.weakProp;
8072 // id y = self.weakProp;
8073 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8074 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8075 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8076 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
8077 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8078 RHS.get()->getLocStart());
8079 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
8080 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(RHS.get());
8082 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
8083 checkUnsafeExprAssigns(Loc, LHSExpr, RHS.get());
8087 // Compound assignment "x += y"
8088 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(Loc, LHSType, RHSType);
8091 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
8092 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
8095 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, LHSExpr);
8097 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
8098 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
8099 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
8100 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
8101 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
8102 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
8104 return (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8105 ? LHSType : LHSType.getUnqualifiedType());
8109 static QualType CheckCommaOperands(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8110 SourceLocation Loc) {
8111 LHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.take());
8112 RHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.take());
8113 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8116 // C's comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1) on both its
8117 // operands, but not unary promotions.
8118 // C++'s comma does not do any conversions at all (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
8120 // So we treat the LHS as a ignored value, and in C++ we allow the
8121 // containing site to determine what should be done with the RHS.
8122 LHS = S.IgnoredValueConversions(LHS.take());
8123 if (LHS.isInvalid())
8126 S.DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(LHS.get());
8128 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8129 RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
8130 if (RHS.isInvalid())
8132 if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isVoidType())
8133 S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, RHS.get()->getType(),
8134 diag::err_incomplete_type);
8137 return RHS.get()->getType();
8140 /// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
8141 /// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
8142 static QualType CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op,
8144 SourceLocation OpLoc,
8145 bool IsInc, bool IsPrefix) {
8146 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
8147 return S.Context.DependentTy;
8149 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
8150 // Atomic types can be used for increment / decrement where the non-atomic
8151 // versions can, so ignore the _Atomic() specifier for the purpose of
8153 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
8154 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
8156 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
8158 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
8159 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
8161 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
8164 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
8165 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
8166 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
8168 } else if (ResType->isPointerType()) {
8169 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
8170 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(S, OpLoc, Op))
8172 } else if (ResType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
8173 // On modern runtimes, ObjC pointer arithmetic is forbidden.
8174 // Otherwise, we just need a complete type.
8175 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, OpLoc, Op) ||
8176 checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(S, OpLoc, Op))
8178 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
8179 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
8180 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
8181 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
8182 } else if (ResType->isPlaceholderType()) {
8183 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
8184 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
8185 return CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(S, PR.take(), VK, OpLoc,
8187 } else if (S.getLangOpts().AltiVec && ResType->isVectorType()) {
8188 // OK! ( C/C++ Language Extensions for CBEA(Version 2.6) 10.3 )
8190 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
8191 << ResType << int(IsInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
8194 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
8195 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
8196 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, S))
8198 // In C++, a prefix increment is the same type as the operand. Otherwise
8199 // (in C or with postfix), the increment is the unqualified type of the
8201 if (IsPrefix && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8206 return ResType.getUnqualifiedType();
8211 /// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
8212 /// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
8213 /// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
8214 /// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
8215 /// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
8217 /// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
8219 /// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
8220 /// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
8221 /// - &"123"[2] -> 0
8222 /// - & __real__ x -> x
8223 static ValueDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
8224 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
8225 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
8226 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
8227 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
8228 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
8229 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
8231 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
8233 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
8234 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
8235 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
8236 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
8237 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
8238 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
8239 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
8240 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
8241 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
8245 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
8246 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
8248 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
8252 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
8257 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
8258 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
8259 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
8260 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
8261 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
8262 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
8271 AO_Vector_Element = 1,
8272 AO_Property_Expansion = 2,
8273 AO_Register_Variable = 3,
8277 /// \brief Diagnose invalid operand for address of operations.
8279 /// \param Type The type of operand which cannot have its address taken.
8280 static void diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8281 Expr *E, unsigned Type) {
8282 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) << Type << E->getSourceRange();
8285 /// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
8286 /// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
8287 /// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
8288 /// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
8289 /// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
8290 /// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
8291 /// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
8292 static QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(Sema &S, ExprResult &OrigOp,
8293 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
8294 if (const BuiltinType *PTy = OrigOp.get()->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()){
8295 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
8296 if (!isa<OverloadExpr>(OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
8297 assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode()
8299 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof_addrof_function)
8300 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
8304 return S.Context.OverloadTy;
8307 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny)
8308 return S.Context.UnknownAnyTy;
8310 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember) {
8311 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
8312 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
8316 OrigOp = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(OrigOp.take());
8317 if (OrigOp.isInvalid()) return QualType();
8320 if (OrigOp.get()->isTypeDependent())
8321 return S.Context.DependentTy;
8323 assert(!OrigOp.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType());
8325 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
8326 Expr *op = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens();
8328 if (S.getLangOpts().C99) {
8329 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
8330 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
8331 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
8332 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
8333 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
8334 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
8336 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
8337 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
8339 ValueDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
8340 Expr::LValueClassification lval = op->ClassifyLValue(S.Context);
8341 unsigned AddressOfError = AO_No_Error;
8343 if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary || lval == Expr::LV_ArrayTemporary) {
8344 bool sfinae = (bool)S.isSFINAEContext();
8345 S.Diag(OpLoc, S.isSFINAEContext() ? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_temporary
8346 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_temporary)
8347 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
8350 // Materialize the temporary as an lvalue so that we can take its address.
8351 OrigOp = op = new (S.Context)
8352 MaterializeTemporaryExpr(op->getType(), OrigOp.take(), true);
8353 } else if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(op)) {
8354 return S.Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
8355 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction) {
8356 // If it's an instance method, make a member pointer.
8357 // The expression must have exactly the form &A::foo.
8359 // If the underlying expression isn't a decl ref, give up.
8360 if (!isa<DeclRefExpr>(op)) {
8361 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
8362 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
8365 DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(op);
8366 CXXMethodDecl *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
8368 // The id-expression was parenthesized.
8369 if (OrigOp.get() != DRE) {
8370 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_parens_pointer_member_function)
8371 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
8373 // The method was named without a qualifier.
8374 } else if (!DRE->getQualifier()) {
8375 if (MD->getParent()->getName().empty())
8376 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
8377 << op->getSourceRange();
8379 SmallString<32> Str;
8380 StringRef Qual = (MD->getParent()->getName() + "::").toStringRef(Str);
8381 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
8382 << op->getSourceRange()
8383 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(op->getSourceRange().getBegin(), Qual);
8387 return S.Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
8388 S.Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
8389 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
8391 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
8392 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
8393 // Use a special diagnostic for loads from property references.
8394 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(op)) {
8395 AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion;
8397 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
8398 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
8402 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
8403 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
8404 AddressOfError = AO_Bit_Field;
8405 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_VectorComponent) {
8406 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
8407 AddressOfError = AO_Vector_Element;
8408 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
8409 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
8410 // with the register storage-class specifier.
8411 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
8412 // in C++ it is not error to take address of a register
8413 // variable (c++03 7.1.1P3)
8414 if (vd->getStorageClass() == SC_Register &&
8415 !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8416 AddressOfError = AO_Register_Variable;
8418 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
8419 return S.Context.OverloadTy;
8420 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(dcl)) {
8421 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
8422 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
8423 // scope qualifier for the class.
8424 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
8425 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
8426 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
8427 if (dcl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8429 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
8430 << dcl->getDeclName() << dcl->getType();
8434 while (cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
8435 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
8436 return S.Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
8437 S.Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
8440 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl) && !isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(dcl))
8441 llvm_unreachable("Unknown/unexpected decl type");
8444 if (AddressOfError != AO_No_Error) {
8445 diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(S, OpLoc, op, AddressOfError);
8449 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
8450 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
8451 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
8452 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
8453 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
8456 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
8457 if (op->getType()->isObjCObjectType())
8458 return S.Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(op->getType());
8459 return S.Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
8462 /// CheckIndirectionOperand - Type check unary indirection (prefix '*').
8463 static QualType CheckIndirectionOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, ExprValueKind &VK,
8464 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
8465 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
8466 return S.Context.DependentTy;
8468 ExprResult ConvResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
8469 if (ConvResult.isInvalid())
8471 Op = ConvResult.take();
8472 QualType OpTy = Op->getType();
8475 if (isa<CXXReinterpretCastExpr>(Op)) {
8476 QualType OpOrigType = Op->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType();
8477 S.CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(OpOrigType, OpTy, /*IsDereference*/true,
8478 Op->getSourceRange());
8481 // Note that per both C89 and C99, indirection is always legal, even if OpTy
8482 // is an incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about
8483 // dereferencing a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a
8484 // warning is unlikely to catch any mistakes.
8485 if (const PointerType *PT = OpTy->getAs<PointerType>())
8486 Result = PT->getPointeeType();
8487 else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
8488 OpTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
8489 Result = OPT->getPointeeType();
8491 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
8492 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
8493 if (PR.take() != Op)
8494 return CheckIndirectionOperand(S, PR.take(), VK, OpLoc);
8497 if (Result.isNull()) {
8498 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
8499 << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange();
8503 // Dereferences are usually l-values...
8506 // ...except that certain expressions are never l-values in C.
8507 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result.isCForbiddenLValueType())
8513 static inline BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
8514 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
8515 BinaryOperatorKind Opc;
8517 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown binop!");
8518 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemD; break;
8519 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemI; break;
8520 case tok::star: Opc = BO_Mul; break;
8521 case tok::slash: Opc = BO_Div; break;
8522 case tok::percent: Opc = BO_Rem; break;
8523 case tok::plus: Opc = BO_Add; break;
8524 case tok::minus: Opc = BO_Sub; break;
8525 case tok::lessless: Opc = BO_Shl; break;
8526 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BO_Shr; break;
8527 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BO_LE; break;
8528 case tok::less: Opc = BO_LT; break;
8529 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BO_GE; break;
8530 case tok::greater: Opc = BO_GT; break;
8531 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BO_NE; break;
8532 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BO_EQ; break;
8533 case tok::amp: Opc = BO_And; break;
8534 case tok::caret: Opc = BO_Xor; break;
8535 case tok::pipe: Opc = BO_Or; break;
8536 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BO_LAnd; break;
8537 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BO_LOr; break;
8538 case tok::equal: Opc = BO_Assign; break;
8539 case tok::starequal: Opc = BO_MulAssign; break;
8540 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BO_DivAssign; break;
8541 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BO_RemAssign; break;
8542 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BO_AddAssign; break;
8543 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BO_SubAssign; break;
8544 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BO_ShlAssign; break;
8545 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BO_ShrAssign; break;
8546 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BO_AndAssign; break;
8547 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BO_XorAssign; break;
8548 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BO_OrAssign; break;
8549 case tok::comma: Opc = BO_Comma; break;
8554 static inline UnaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
8555 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
8556 UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
8558 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!");
8559 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PreInc; break;
8560 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PreDec; break;
8561 case tok::amp: Opc = UO_AddrOf; break;
8562 case tok::star: Opc = UO_Deref; break;
8563 case tok::plus: Opc = UO_Plus; break;
8564 case tok::minus: Opc = UO_Minus; break;
8565 case tok::tilde: Opc = UO_Not; break;
8566 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UO_LNot; break;
8567 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UO_Real; break;
8568 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UO_Imag; break;
8569 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UO_Extension; break;
8574 /// DiagnoseSelfAssignment - Emits a warning if a value is assigned to itself.
8575 /// This warning is only emitted for builtin assignment operations. It is also
8576 /// suppressed in the event of macro expansions.
8577 static void DiagnoseSelfAssignment(Sema &S, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
8578 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
8579 if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
8581 if (OpLoc.isInvalid() || OpLoc.isMacroID())
8583 LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8584 RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8585 const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
8586 const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
8587 if (!LHSDeclRef || !RHSDeclRef ||
8588 LHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID() ||
8589 RHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID())
8591 const ValueDecl *LHSDecl =
8592 cast<ValueDecl>(LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
8593 const ValueDecl *RHSDecl =
8594 cast<ValueDecl>(RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
8595 if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl)
8597 if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified())
8599 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>())
8600 if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified())
8603 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_assignment)
8604 << LHSDeclRef->getType()
8605 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
8608 /// Check if a bitwise-& is performed on an Objective-C pointer. This
8609 /// is usually indicative of introspection within the Objective-C pointer.
8610 static void checkObjCPointerIntrospection(Sema &S, ExprResult &L, ExprResult &R,
8611 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
8612 if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjC1)
8615 const Expr *ObjCPointerExpr = 0, *OtherExpr = 0;
8616 const Expr *LHS = L.get();
8617 const Expr *RHS = R.get();
8619 if (LHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
8620 ObjCPointerExpr = LHS;
8623 else if (RHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
8624 ObjCPointerExpr = RHS;
8628 // This warning is deliberately made very specific to reduce false
8629 // positives with logic that uses '&' for hashing. This logic mainly
8630 // looks for code trying to introspect into tagged pointers, which
8631 // code should generally never do.
8632 if (ObjCPointerExpr && isa<IntegerLiteral>(OtherExpr->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
8633 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking)
8634 << ObjCPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
8638 /// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
8639 /// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
8640 /// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
8641 ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
8642 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
8643 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8644 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isa<InitListExpr>(RHSExpr)) {
8645 // The syntax only allows initializer lists on the RHS of assignment,
8646 // so we don't need to worry about accepting invalid code for
8647 // non-assignment operators.
8649 // The meaning of x = {v} [...] is that of x = T(v) [...]. The meaning
8650 // of x = {} is x = T().
8651 InitializationKind Kind =
8652 InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(RHSExpr->getLocStart());
8653 InitializedEntity Entity =
8654 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LHSExpr->getType());
8655 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr);
8656 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr);
8657 if (Init.isInvalid())
8659 RHSExpr = Init.take();
8662 ExprResult LHS = Owned(LHSExpr), RHS = Owned(RHSExpr);
8663 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
8664 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
8665 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
8666 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
8667 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
8668 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
8672 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, QualType());
8673 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8674 LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty) {
8675 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
8676 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
8678 if (!ResultTy.isNull())
8679 DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
8683 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(LHS, RHS, VK, OpLoc,
8688 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, false,
8692 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
8695 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
8698 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
8702 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
8708 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true);
8712 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, false);
8715 checkObjCPointerIntrospection(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
8718 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
8722 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
8726 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true,
8727 Opc == BO_DivAssign);
8728 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
8729 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
8730 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
8733 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true);
8734 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
8735 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
8736 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
8739 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, &CompLHSTy);
8740 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
8741 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
8744 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
8745 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
8746 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
8750 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true);
8751 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
8752 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
8753 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
8758 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true);
8759 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
8760 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
8761 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
8764 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
8765 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !RHS.isInvalid()) {
8766 VK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
8767 OK = RHS.get()->getObjectKind();
8771 if (ResultTy.isNull() || LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8774 // Check for array bounds violations for both sides of the BinaryOperator
8775 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get());
8776 CheckArrayAccess(RHS.get());
8778 if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
8779 NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope,
8780 &Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"),
8781 SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName);
8782 if (ObjectSetClass && isa<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get())) {
8783 SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getLocEnd());
8784 Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) <<
8785 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), "object_setClass(") <<
8786 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OpLoc), ",") <<
8787 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")");
8790 Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign);
8792 else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE =
8793 dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
8794 DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, OpLoc, RHS.get());
8796 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
8797 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(LHS.take(), RHS.take(), Opc,
8798 ResultTy, VK, OK, OpLoc,
8799 FPFeatures.fp_contract));
8800 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS.get()->getObjectKind() !=
8803 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
8805 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(LHS.take(), RHS.take(), Opc,
8806 ResultTy, VK, OK, CompLHSTy,
8807 CompResultTy, OpLoc,
8808 FPFeatures.fp_contract));
8811 /// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
8812 /// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
8813 /// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
8814 /// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
8815 static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
8816 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
8818 BinaryOperator *LHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr);
8819 BinaryOperator *RHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr);
8821 // Check that one of the sides is a comparison operator.
8822 bool isLeftComp = LHSBO && LHSBO->isComparisonOp();
8823 bool isRightComp = RHSBO && RHSBO->isComparisonOp();
8824 if (!isLeftComp && !isRightComp)
8827 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
8828 // Don't diagnose this.
8829 bool isLeftBitwise = LHSBO && LHSBO->isBitwiseOp();
8830 bool isRightBitwise = RHSBO && RHSBO->isBitwiseOp();
8831 if ((isLeftComp || isLeftBitwise) && (isRightComp || isRightBitwise))
8834 SourceRange DiagRange = isLeftComp ? SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(),
8836 : SourceRange(OpLoc, RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
8837 StringRef OpStr = isLeftComp ? LHSBO->getOpcodeStr() : RHSBO->getOpcodeStr();
8838 SourceRange ParensRange = isLeftComp ?
8839 SourceRange(LHSBO->getRHS()->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd())
8840 : SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSBO->getLHS()->getLocStart());
8842 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
8843 << DiagRange << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << OpStr;
8844 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
8845 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << OpStr,
8846 (isLeftComp ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr)->getSourceRange());
8847 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
8848 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
8849 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
8853 /// \brief It accepts a '&' expr that is inside a '|' one.
8854 /// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&' expression
8857 EmitDiagnosticForBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8858 BinaryOperator *Bop) {
8859 assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_And);
8860 Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_bitwise_and_in_bitwise_or)
8861 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
8862 SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
8863 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
8864 << Bop->getOpcodeStr(),
8865 Bop->getSourceRange());
8868 /// \brief It accepts a '&&' expr that is inside a '||' one.
8869 /// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&&' expression
8872 EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8873 BinaryOperator *Bop) {
8874 assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd);
8875 Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_and_in_logical_or)
8876 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
8877 SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
8878 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
8879 << Bop->getOpcodeStr(),
8880 Bop->getSourceRange());
8883 /// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
8885 static bool EvaluatesAsTrue(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
8887 return E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && Res;
8890 /// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
8892 static bool EvaluatesAsFalse(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
8894 return E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && !Res;
8897 /// \brief Look for '&&' in the left hand of a '||' expr.
8898 static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8899 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8900 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr)) {
8901 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
8902 // If it's "a && b || 0" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
8903 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, RHSExpr))
8905 // If it's "1 && a || b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
8906 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getLHS()))
8907 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
8908 } else if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) {
8909 if (BinaryOperator *RBop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Bop->getRHS())) {
8910 // If it's "a || b && 1 || c" we didn't warn earlier for
8911 // "a || b && 1", but warn now.
8912 if (RBop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd && EvaluatesAsTrue(S, RBop->getRHS()))
8913 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, RBop);
8919 /// \brief Look for '&&' in the right hand of a '||' expr.
8920 static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8921 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8922 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr)) {
8923 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
8924 // If it's "0 || a && b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
8925 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, LHSExpr))
8927 // If it's "a || b && 1" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
8928 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getRHS()))
8929 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
8934 /// \brief Look for '&' in the left or right hand of a '|' expr.
8935 static void DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8937 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(OrArg)) {
8938 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_And)
8939 return EmitDiagnosticForBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
8943 static void DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8944 Expr *SubExpr, StringRef Shift) {
8945 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) {
8946 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Add || Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
8947 StringRef Op = Bop->getOpcodeStr();
8948 S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_addition_in_bitshift)
8949 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc << Shift << Op;
8950 SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
8951 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << Op,
8952 Bop->getSourceRange());
8957 static void DiagnoseShiftCompare(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8958 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8959 CXXOperatorCallExpr *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(LHSExpr);
8963 FunctionDecl *FD = OCE->getDirectCallee();
8964 if (!FD || !FD->isOverloadedOperator())
8967 OverloadedOperatorKind Kind = FD->getOverloadedOperator();
8968 if (Kind != OO_LessLess && Kind != OO_GreaterGreater)
8971 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_overloaded_shift_in_comparison)
8972 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange()
8973 << (Kind == OO_LessLess);
8974 SuggestParentheses(S, OCE->getOperatorLoc(),
8975 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
8976 << (Kind == OO_LessLess ? "<<" : ">>"),
8977 OCE->getSourceRange());
8978 SuggestParentheses(S, OpLoc,
8979 S.PDiag(diag::note_evaluate_comparison_first),
8980 SourceRange(OCE->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
8981 RHSExpr->getLocEnd()));
8984 /// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
8986 static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
8987 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
8989 // Diagnose "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
8990 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
8991 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
8993 // Diagnose "arg1 & arg2 | arg3"
8994 if (Opc == BO_Or && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
8995 DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr);
8996 DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Self, OpLoc, RHSExpr);
8999 // Warn about arg1 || arg2 && arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
9000 // We don't warn for 'assert(a || b && "bad")' since this is safe.
9001 if (Opc == BO_LOr && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
9002 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9003 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9006 if ((Opc == BO_Shl && LHSExpr->getType()->isIntegralType(Self.getASTContext()))
9008 StringRef Shift = BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc);
9009 DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, Shift);
9010 DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, RHSExpr, Shift);
9013 // Warn on overloaded shift operators and comparisons, such as:
9015 if (BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(Opc))
9016 DiagnoseShiftCompare(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9019 // Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
9020 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
9021 tok::TokenKind Kind,
9022 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
9023 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
9024 assert((LHSExpr != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
9025 assert((RHSExpr != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
9027 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
9028 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9030 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9033 /// Build an overloaded binary operator expression in the given scope.
9034 static ExprResult BuildOverloadedBinOp(Sema &S, Scope *Sc, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9035 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
9036 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
9037 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
9038 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
9039 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
9041 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
9042 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp
9043 = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
9044 if (Sc && OverOp != OO_None)
9045 S.LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, Sc, LHS->getType(),
9046 RHS->getType(), Functions);
9048 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
9049 // binary operation.
9050 return S.CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, LHS, RHS);
9053 ExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9054 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
9055 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
9056 // We want to end up calling one of checkPseudoObjectAssignment
9057 // (if the LHS is a pseudo-object), BuildOverloadedBinOp (if
9058 // both expressions are overloadable or either is type-dependent),
9059 // or CreateBuiltinBinOp (in any other case). We also want to get
9060 // any placeholder types out of the way.
9062 // Handle pseudo-objects in the LHS.
9063 if (const BuiltinType *pty = LHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
9064 // Assignments with a pseudo-object l-value need special analysis.
9065 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject &&
9066 BinaryOperator::isAssignmentOp(Opc))
9067 return checkPseudoObjectAssignment(S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9069 // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable.
9070 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
9071 // We can't actually test that if we still have a placeholder,
9072 // though. Fortunately, none of the exceptions we see in that
9073 // code below are valid when the LHS is an overload set. Note
9074 // that an overload set can be dependently-typed, but it never
9075 // instantiates to having an overloadable type.
9076 ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr);
9077 if (resolvedRHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
9078 RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.take();
9080 if (RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() ||
9081 RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
9082 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9085 ExprResult LHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHSExpr);
9086 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
9087 LHSExpr = LHS.take();
9090 // Handle pseudo-objects in the RHS.
9091 if (const BuiltinType *pty = RHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
9092 // An overload in the RHS can potentially be resolved by the type
9093 // being assigned to.
9094 if (Opc == BO_Assign && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
9095 if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent())
9096 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9098 if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
9099 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9101 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9104 // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable.
9105 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload &&
9106 LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
9107 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9109 ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr);
9110 if (!resolvedRHS.isUsable()) return ExprError();
9111 RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.take();
9114 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9115 // If either expression is type-dependent, always build an
9117 if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent())
9118 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9120 // Otherwise, build an overloaded op if either expression has an
9121 // overloadable type.
9122 if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
9123 RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
9124 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9127 // Build a built-in binary operation.
9128 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9131 ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
9132 UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
9134 ExprResult Input = Owned(InputExpr);
9135 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
9136 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
9137 QualType resultType;
9143 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc,
9150 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(*this, Input, OpLoc);
9153 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.take());
9154 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
9155 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc);
9160 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.take());
9161 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
9162 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
9163 if (resultType->isDependentType())
9165 if (resultType->isArithmeticType() || // C99 6.5.3.3p1
9166 resultType->isVectorType())
9168 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
9169 resultType->isEnumeralType())
9171 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
9173 resultType->isPointerType())
9176 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
9177 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
9179 case UO_Not: // bitwise complement
9180 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.take());
9181 if (Input.isInvalid())
9183 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
9184 if (resultType->isDependentType())
9186 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
9187 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
9188 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
9189 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
9190 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange();
9191 else if (resultType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
9193 else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) {
9194 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
9195 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.f: The bitwise operator not (~) does not operate
9196 // on vector float types.
9197 QualType T = resultType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
9198 if (!T->isIntegerType())
9199 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
9200 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
9204 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
9205 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
9209 case UO_LNot: // logical negation
9210 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
9211 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.take());
9212 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
9213 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
9215 // Though we still have to promote half FP to float...
9216 if (resultType->isHalfType() && !Context.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) {
9217 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.take(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).take();
9218 resultType = Context.FloatTy;
9221 if (resultType->isDependentType())
9223 if (resultType->isScalarType()) {
9224 // C99 6.5.3.3p1: ok, fallthrough;
9225 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9226 // C++03 [expr.unary.op]p8, C++0x [expr.unary.op]p9:
9227 // operand contextually converted to bool.
9228 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.take(), Context.BoolTy,
9229 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(resultType));
9230 } else if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
9231 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
9232 // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not
9233 // operate on scalar float types.
9234 if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
9235 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
9236 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
9238 } else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) {
9239 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
9240 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
9241 // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not
9242 // operate on vector float types.
9243 QualType T = resultType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
9244 if (!T->isIntegerType())
9245 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
9246 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
9248 // Vector logical not returns the signed variant of the operand type.
9249 resultType = GetSignedVectorType(resultType);
9252 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
9253 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
9256 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
9257 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
9258 resultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
9262 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(*this, Input, OpLoc, Opc == UO_Real);
9263 // _Real maps ordinary l-values into ordinary l-values. _Imag maps ordinary
9264 // complex l-values to ordinary l-values and all other values to r-values.
9265 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
9266 if (Opc == UO_Real || Input.get()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
9267 if (Input.get()->getValueKind() != VK_RValue &&
9268 Input.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)
9269 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
9270 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9271 // In C, a volatile scalar is read by __imag. In C++, it is not.
9272 Input = DefaultLvalueConversion(Input.take());
9276 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
9277 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
9278 OK = Input.get()->getObjectKind();
9281 if (resultType.isNull() || Input.isInvalid())
9284 // Check for array bounds violations in the operand of the UnaryOperator,
9285 // except for the '*' and '&' operators that have to be handled specially
9286 // by CheckArrayAccess (as there are special cases like &array[arraysize]
9287 // that are explicitly defined as valid by the standard).
9288 if (Opc != UO_AddrOf && Opc != UO_Deref)
9289 CheckArrayAccess(Input.get());
9291 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input.take(), Opc, resultType,
9295 /// \brief Determine whether the given expression is a qualified member
9296 /// access expression, of a form that could be turned into a pointer to member
9297 /// with the address-of operator.
9298 static bool isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E) {
9299 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9300 if (!DRE->getQualifier())
9303 ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl();
9304 if (!VD->isCXXClassMember())
9307 if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
9309 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD))
9310 return Method->isInstance();
9315 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
9316 if (!ULE->getQualifier())
9319 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator D = ULE->decls_begin(),
9320 DEnd = ULE->decls_end();
9322 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*D)) {
9323 if (Method->isInstance())
9326 // Overload set does not contain methods.
9337 ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9338 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input) {
9339 // First things first: handle placeholders so that the
9340 // overloaded-operator check considers the right type.
9341 if (const BuiltinType *pty = Input->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
9342 // Increment and decrement of pseudo-object references.
9343 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject &&
9344 UnaryOperator::isIncrementDecrementOp(Opc))
9345 return checkPseudoObjectIncDec(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
9347 // extension is always a builtin operator.
9348 if (Opc == UO_Extension)
9349 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
9351 // & gets special logic for several kinds of placeholder.
9352 // The builtin code knows what to do.
9353 if (Opc == UO_AddrOf &&
9354 (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload ||
9355 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny ||
9356 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember))
9357 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
9359 // Anything else needs to be handled now.
9360 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input);
9361 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
9362 Input = Result.take();
9365 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
9366 UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc) != OO_None &&
9367 !(Opc == UO_AddrOf && isQualifiedMemberAccess(Input))) {
9368 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
9369 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
9370 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
9372 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
9373 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
9374 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
9375 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
9378 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, Input);
9381 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
9384 // Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
9385 ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9386 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input) {
9387 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), Input);
9390 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
9391 ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
9392 LabelDecl *TheDecl) {
9394 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
9395 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, TheDecl,
9396 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
9399 /// Given the last statement in a statement-expression, check whether
9400 /// the result is a producing expression (like a call to an
9401 /// ns_returns_retained function) and, if so, rebuild it to hoist the
9402 /// release out of the full-expression. Otherwise, return null.
9404 static Expr *maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(Stmt *Statement) {
9405 // Should always be wrapped with one of these.
9406 ExprWithCleanups *cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Statement);
9407 if (!cleanups) return 0;
9409 ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(cleanups->getSubExpr());
9410 if (!cast || cast->getCastKind() != CK_ARCConsumeObject)
9413 // Splice out the cast. This shouldn't modify any interesting
9414 // features of the statement.
9415 Expr *producer = cast->getSubExpr();
9416 assert(producer->getType() == cast->getType());
9417 assert(producer->getValueKind() == cast->getValueKind());
9418 cleanups->setSubExpr(producer);
9422 void Sema::ActOnStartStmtExpr() {
9423 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
9426 void Sema::ActOnStmtExprError() {
9427 // Note that function is also called by TreeTransform when leaving a
9428 // StmtExpr scope without rebuilding anything.
9430 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9431 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
9435 Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
9436 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
9437 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
9438 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
9440 if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
9441 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9442 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!");
9443 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
9446 = (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0);
9448 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
9450 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
9451 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
9452 // More semantic analysis is needed.
9454 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
9455 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
9456 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
9457 bool StmtExprMayBindToTemp = false;
9458 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
9459 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
9460 LabelStmt *LastLabelStmt = 0;
9461 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
9462 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt)) {
9463 LastLabelStmt = Label;
9464 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
9467 if (Expr *LastE = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt)) {
9468 // Do function/array conversion on the last expression, but not
9469 // lvalue-to-rvalue. However, initialize an unqualified type.
9470 ExprResult LastExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LastE);
9471 if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
9473 Ty = LastExpr.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
9475 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && !LastExpr.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
9476 // In ARC, if the final expression ends in a consume, splice
9477 // the consume out and bind it later. In the alternate case
9478 // (when dealing with a retainable type), the result
9479 // initialization will create a produce. In both cases the
9480 // result will be +1, and we'll need to balance that out with
9482 if (Expr *rebuiltLastStmt
9483 = maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(LastExpr.get())) {
9484 LastExpr = rebuiltLastStmt;
9486 LastExpr = PerformCopyInitialization(
9487 InitializedEntity::InitializeResult(LPLoc,
9494 if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
9496 if (LastExpr.get() != 0) {
9498 Compound->setLastStmt(LastExpr.take());
9500 LastLabelStmt->setSubStmt(LastExpr.take());
9501 StmtExprMayBindToTemp = true;
9507 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
9508 // expressions are not lvalues.
9509 Expr *ResStmtExpr = new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc);
9510 if (StmtExprMayBindToTemp)
9511 return MaybeBindToTemporary(ResStmtExpr);
9512 return Owned(ResStmtExpr);
9515 ExprResult Sema::BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
9516 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
9517 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
9518 unsigned NumComponents,
9519 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
9520 QualType ArgTy = TInfo->getType();
9521 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
9522 SourceRange TypeRange = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
9524 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
9525 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
9526 // a struct/union/class.
9527 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
9528 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
9529 << ArgTy << TypeRange);
9531 // Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
9532 // with an incomplete type would be ill-formed.
9534 && RequireCompleteType(BuiltinLoc, ArgTy,
9535 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type, TypeRange))
9538 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
9539 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
9540 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
9542 if (NumComponents != 1)
9543 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
9544 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
9546 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
9547 QualType CurrentType = ArgTy;
9548 typedef OffsetOfExpr::OffsetOfNode OffsetOfNode;
9549 SmallVector<OffsetOfNode, 4> Comps;
9550 SmallVector<Expr*, 4> Exprs;
9551 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
9552 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
9553 if (OC.isBrackets) {
9554 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
9555 if (!CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
9556 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(CurrentType);
9558 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
9560 CurrentType = AT->getElementType();
9562 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
9564 ExprResult IdxRval = DefaultLvalueConversion(static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E));
9565 if (IdxRval.isInvalid())
9567 Expr *Idx = IdxRval.take();
9569 // The expression must be an integral expression.
9570 // FIXME: An integral constant expression?
9571 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->isValueDependent() &&
9572 !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
9573 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
9574 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
9575 << Idx->getSourceRange());
9577 // Record this array index.
9578 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Exprs.size(), OC.LocEnd));
9579 Exprs.push_back(Idx);
9583 // Offset of a field.
9584 if (CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
9585 // We have the offset of a field, but we can't look into the dependent
9586 // type. Just record the identifier of the field.
9587 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocEnd));
9588 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
9592 // We need to have a complete type to look into.
9593 if (RequireCompleteType(OC.LocStart, CurrentType,
9594 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
9597 // Look for the designated field.
9598 const RecordType *RC = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>();
9600 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
9602 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
9604 // C++ [lib.support.types]p5:
9605 // The macro offsetof accepts a restricted set of type arguments in this
9606 // International Standard. type shall be a POD structure or a POD union
9608 // C++11 [support.types]p4:
9609 // If type is not a standard-layout class (Clause 9), the results are
9611 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
9612 bool IsSafe = LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? CRD->isStandardLayout() : CRD->isPOD();
9614 LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? diag::warn_offsetof_non_standardlayout_type
9615 : diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type;
9617 if (!IsSafe && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
9618 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc, 0,
9620 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
9622 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
9625 // Look for the field.
9626 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
9627 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
9628 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
9629 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectMemberDecl = 0;
9631 if ((IndirectMemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<IndirectFieldDecl>()))
9632 MemberDecl = IndirectMemberDecl->getAnonField();
9636 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
9637 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart,
9641 // (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.)
9643 // We diagnose this as an error.
9644 if (MemberDecl->isBitField()) {
9645 Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_bitfield)
9646 << MemberDecl->getDeclName()
9647 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
9648 Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl);
9652 RecordDecl *Parent = MemberDecl->getParent();
9653 if (IndirectMemberDecl)
9654 Parent = cast<RecordDecl>(IndirectMemberDecl->getDeclContext());
9656 // If the member was found in a base class, introduce OffsetOfNodes for
9657 // the base class indirections.
9658 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true,
9659 /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
9660 if (IsDerivedFrom(CurrentType, Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent), Paths)) {
9661 CXXBasePath &Path = Paths.front();
9662 for (CXXBasePath::iterator B = Path.begin(), BEnd = Path.end();
9664 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(B->Base));
9667 if (IndirectMemberDecl) {
9668 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator FI =
9669 IndirectMemberDecl->chain_begin(),
9670 FEnd = IndirectMemberDecl->chain_end(); FI != FEnd; FI++) {
9671 assert(isa<FieldDecl>(*FI));
9672 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart,
9673 cast<FieldDecl>(*FI), OC.LocEnd));
9676 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd));
9678 CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType();
9681 return Owned(OffsetOfExpr::Create(Context, Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc,
9682 TInfo, Comps, Exprs, RParenLoc));
9685 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
9686 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
9687 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
9688 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
9689 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
9690 unsigned NumComponents,
9691 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
9693 TypeSourceInfo *ArgTInfo;
9694 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedArgTy, &ArgTInfo);
9699 ArgTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ArgTy, TypeLoc);
9701 return BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(BuiltinLoc, ArgTInfo, CompPtr, NumComponents,
9706 ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
9708 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
9709 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
9710 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
9712 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
9713 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
9715 bool ValueDependent = false;
9716 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
9717 resType = Context.DependentTy;
9718 ValueDependent = true;
9720 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
9721 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
9723 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(CondExpr, &condEval,
9724 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant, false);
9725 if (CondICE.isInvalid())
9727 CondExpr = CondICE.take();
9729 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
9730 Expr *ActiveExpr = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr;
9732 resType = ActiveExpr->getType();
9733 ValueDependent = ActiveExpr->isValueDependent();
9734 VK = ActiveExpr->getValueKind();
9735 OK = ActiveExpr->getObjectKind();
9738 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
9739 resType, VK, OK, RPLoc,
9740 resType->isDependentType(),
9744 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9745 // Clang Extensions.
9746 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9748 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
9749 void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
9750 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
9751 PushBlockScope(CurScope, Block);
9752 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
9754 PushDeclContext(CurScope, Block);
9758 getCurBlock()->HasImplicitReturnType = true;
9760 // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the block from any
9761 // cleanups from the enclosing full-expression.
9762 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated);
9765 void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
9767 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
9768 assert(ParamInfo.getContext() == Declarator::BlockLiteralContext);
9769 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
9771 TypeSourceInfo *Sig = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
9772 QualType T = Sig->getType();
9774 // FIXME: We should allow unexpanded parameter packs here, but that would,
9775 // in turn, make the block expression contain unexpanded parameter packs.
9776 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(CaretLoc, Sig, UPPC_Block)) {
9777 // Drop the parameters.
9778 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
9779 EPI.HasTrailingReturn = false;
9780 EPI.TypeQuals |= DeclSpec::TQ_const;
9781 T = Context.getFunctionType(Context.DependentTy, None, EPI);
9782 Sig = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
9785 // GetTypeForDeclarator always produces a function type for a block
9786 // literal signature. Furthermore, it is always a FunctionProtoType
9787 // unless the function was written with a typedef.
9788 assert(T->isFunctionType() &&
9789 "GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature");
9791 // Look for an explicit signature in that function type.
9792 FunctionProtoTypeLoc ExplicitSignature;
9794 TypeLoc tmp = Sig->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens();
9795 if ((ExplicitSignature = tmp.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>())) {
9797 // Check whether that explicit signature was synthesized by
9798 // GetTypeForDeclarator. If so, don't save that as part of the
9799 // written signature.
9800 if (ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeBegin() ==
9801 ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeEnd()) {
9802 // This would be much cheaper if we stored TypeLocs instead of
9804 TypeLoc Result = ExplicitSignature.getResultLoc();
9805 unsigned Size = Result.getFullDataSize();
9806 Sig = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Result.getType(), Size);
9807 Sig->getTypeLoc().initializeFullCopy(Result, Size);
9809 ExplicitSignature = FunctionProtoTypeLoc();
9813 CurBlock->TheDecl->setSignatureAsWritten(Sig);
9814 CurBlock->FunctionType = T;
9816 const FunctionType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
9817 QualType RetTy = Fn->getResultType();
9819 (isa<FunctionProtoType>(Fn) && cast<FunctionProtoType>(Fn)->isVariadic());
9821 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(isVariadic);
9823 // Don't allow returning a objc interface by value.
9824 if (RetTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
9825 Diag(ParamInfo.getLocStart(),
9826 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
9830 // Context.DependentTy is used as a placeholder for a missing block
9831 // return type. TODO: what should we do with declarators like:
9833 // If the answer is "apply template argument deduction"....
9834 if (RetTy != Context.DependentTy) {
9835 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
9836 CurBlock->TheDecl->setBlockMissingReturnType(false);
9837 CurBlock->HasImplicitReturnType = false;
9840 // Push block parameters from the declarator if we had them.
9841 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 8> Params;
9842 if (ExplicitSignature) {
9843 for (unsigned I = 0, E = ExplicitSignature.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) {
9844 ParmVarDecl *Param = ExplicitSignature.getArg(I);
9845 if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
9846 !Param->isImplicit() &&
9847 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
9848 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
9849 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
9850 Params.push_back(Param);
9853 // Fake up parameter variables if we have a typedef, like
9855 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
9856 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
9857 I = Fn->arg_type_begin(), E = Fn->arg_type_end(); I != E; ++I) {
9858 ParmVarDecl *Param =
9859 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(CurBlock->TheDecl,
9860 ParamInfo.getLocStart(),
9862 Params.push_back(Param);
9866 // Set the parameters on the block decl.
9867 if (!Params.empty()) {
9868 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Params);
9869 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
9870 CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(),
9871 /*CheckParameterNames=*/false);
9874 // Finally we can process decl attributes.
9875 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
9877 // Put the parameter variables in scope. We can bail out immediately
9878 // if we don't have any.
9882 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
9883 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) {
9884 (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
9886 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9887 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) {
9888 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, *AI);
9890 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
9895 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
9896 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
9897 void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
9898 // Leave the expression-evaluation context.
9899 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9900 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
9902 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
9904 PopFunctionScopeInfo();
9907 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
9908 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
9909 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
9910 Stmt *Body, Scope *CurScope) {
9911 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
9912 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
9913 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
9915 // Leave the expression-evaluation context.
9916 if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
9917 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9918 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "cleanups within block not correctly bound!");
9919 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
9921 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
9923 if (BSI->HasImplicitReturnType)
9924 deduceClosureReturnType(*BSI);
9928 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
9929 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
9930 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
9932 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
9935 // Set the captured variables on the block.
9936 // FIXME: Share capture structure between BlockDecl and CapturingScopeInfo!
9937 SmallVector<BlockDecl::Capture, 4> Captures;
9938 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Captures.size(); i != e; i++) {
9939 CapturingScopeInfo::Capture &Cap = BSI->Captures[i];
9940 if (Cap.isThisCapture())
9942 BlockDecl::Capture NewCap(Cap.getVariable(), Cap.isBlockCapture(),
9943 Cap.isNested(), Cap.getCopyExpr());
9944 Captures.push_back(NewCap);
9946 BSI->TheDecl->setCaptures(Context, Captures.begin(), Captures.end(),
9947 BSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0);
9949 // If the user wrote a function type in some form, try to use that.
9950 if (!BSI->FunctionType.isNull()) {
9951 const FunctionType *FTy = BSI->FunctionType->getAs<FunctionType>();
9953 FunctionType::ExtInfo Ext = FTy->getExtInfo();
9954 if (NoReturn && !Ext.getNoReturn()) Ext = Ext.withNoReturn(true);
9956 // Turn protoless block types into nullary block types.
9957 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FTy)) {
9958 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
9960 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI);
9962 // Otherwise, if we don't need to change anything about the function type,
9963 // preserve its sugar structure.
9964 } else if (FTy->getResultType() == RetTy &&
9965 (!NoReturn || FTy->getNoReturnAttr())) {
9966 BlockTy = BSI->FunctionType;
9968 // Otherwise, make the minimal modifications to the function type.
9970 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FTy);
9971 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
9972 EPI.TypeQuals = 0; // FIXME: silently?
9975 Context.getFunctionType(RetTy,
9976 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(),
9981 // If we don't have a function type, just build one from nothing.
9983 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
9984 EPI.ExtInfo = FunctionType::ExtInfo().withNoReturn(NoReturn);
9985 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI);
9988 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->TheDecl->param_begin(),
9989 BSI->TheDecl->param_end());
9990 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
9992 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
9993 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
9994 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
9995 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
9996 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
9998 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
10000 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check again
10001 // if we can do this, though, because blocks keep return statements around
10002 // to deduce an implicit return type.
10003 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && RetTy->isRecordType() &&
10004 !BSI->TheDecl->isDependentContext())
10005 computeNRVO(Body, getCurBlock());
10007 BlockExpr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
10008 const AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy &WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10009 PopFunctionScopeInfo(&WP, Result->getBlockDecl(), Result);
10011 // If the block isn't obviously global, i.e. it captures anything at
10012 // all, then we need to do a few things in the surrounding context:
10013 if (Result->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures()) {
10014 // First, this expression has a new cleanup object.
10015 ExprCleanupObjects.push_back(Result->getBlockDecl());
10016 ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
10018 // It also gets a branch-protected scope if any of the captured
10019 // variables needs destruction.
10020 for (BlockDecl::capture_const_iterator
10021 ci = Result->getBlockDecl()->capture_begin(),
10022 ce = Result->getBlockDecl()->capture_end(); ci != ce; ++ci) {
10023 const VarDecl *var = ci->getVariable();
10024 if (var->getType().isDestructedType() != QualType::DK_none) {
10025 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
10031 return Owned(Result);
10034 ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
10035 Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
10036 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
10037 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
10038 GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
10039 return BuildVAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc);
10042 ExprResult Sema::BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
10043 Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
10044 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
10045 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
10047 // Get the va_list type
10048 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
10049 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
10050 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
10051 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
10052 // a pointer for va_arg.
10053 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
10054 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
10055 ExprResult Result = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
10056 if (Result.isInvalid())
10057 return ExprError();
10059 } else if (VaListType->isRecordType() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10060 // If va_list is a record type and we are compiling in C++ mode,
10061 // check the argument using reference binding.
10062 InitializedEntity Entity
10063 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
10064 Context.getLValueReferenceType(VaListType), false);
10065 ExprResult Init = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), E);
10066 if (Init.isInvalid())
10067 return ExprError();
10068 E = Init.takeAs<Expr>();
10070 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
10071 // it is modified by va_arg.
10072 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
10073 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
10074 return ExprError();
10077 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
10078 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
10079 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
10080 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
10081 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
10084 if (!TInfo->getType()->isDependentType()) {
10085 if (RequireCompleteType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TInfo->getType(),
10086 diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_incomplete,
10087 TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
10088 return ExprError();
10090 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
10092 diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_abstract,
10093 TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
10094 return ExprError();
10096 if (!TInfo->getType().isPODType(Context)) {
10097 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
10098 TInfo->getType()->isObjCLifetimeType()
10099 ? diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_ownership_qualified
10100 : diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_not_pod)
10101 << TInfo->getType()
10102 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
10105 // Check for va_arg where arguments of the given type will be promoted
10106 // (i.e. this va_arg is guaranteed to have undefined behavior).
10107 QualType PromoteType;
10108 if (TInfo->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
10109 PromoteType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(TInfo->getType());
10110 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(PromoteType, TInfo->getType()))
10111 PromoteType = QualType();
10113 if (TInfo->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
10114 PromoteType = Context.DoubleTy;
10115 if (!PromoteType.isNull())
10116 DiagRuntimeBehavior(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), E,
10117 PDiag(diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_never_compatible)
10118 << TInfo->getType()
10120 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange());
10123 QualType T = TInfo->getType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
10124 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc, T));
10127 ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
10128 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
10129 // pointers on the target.
10131 unsigned pw = Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0);
10132 if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth())
10133 Ty = Context.IntTy;
10134 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())
10135 Ty = Context.LongTy;
10136 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth())
10137 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
10139 llvm_unreachable("I don't know size of pointer!");
10142 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
10145 static void MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(Sema& SemaRef, QualType DstType,
10146 Expr *SrcExpr, FixItHint &Hint) {
10147 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC1)
10150 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
10154 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
10155 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
10156 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
10157 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
10158 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
10162 // Ignore any parens, implicit casts (should only be
10163 // array-to-pointer decays), and not-so-opaque values. The last is
10164 // important for making this trigger for property assignments.
10165 SrcExpr = SrcExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10166 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OV = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SrcExpr))
10167 if (OV->getSourceExpr())
10168 SrcExpr = OV->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10170 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr);
10171 if (!SL || !SL->isAscii())
10174 Hint = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
10177 bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
10178 SourceLocation Loc,
10179 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
10180 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
10181 bool *Complained) {
10183 *Complained = false;
10185 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
10186 bool CheckInferredResultType = false;
10187 bool isInvalid = false;
10188 unsigned DiagKind = 0;
10190 ConversionFixItGenerator ConvHints;
10191 bool MayHaveConvFixit = false;
10192 bool MayHaveFunctionDiff = false;
10196 DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(DstType, SrcType, SrcExpr);
10200 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
10201 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
10202 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
10205 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
10206 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
10207 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
10209 case IncompatiblePointer:
10210 MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
10211 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
10212 CheckInferredResultType = DstType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
10213 SrcType->isObjCObjectPointerType();
10214 if (Hint.isNull() && !CheckInferredResultType) {
10215 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
10217 else if (CheckInferredResultType) {
10218 SrcType = SrcType.getUnqualifiedType();
10219 DstType = DstType.getUnqualifiedType();
10221 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
10223 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
10224 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
10226 case FunctionVoidPointer:
10227 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
10229 case IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: {
10230 // Perform array-to-pointer decay if necessary.
10231 if (SrcType->isArrayType()) SrcType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(SrcType);
10233 Qualifiers lhq = SrcType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
10234 Qualifiers rhq = DstType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
10235 if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) {
10236 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_address_space;
10240 } else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) {
10241 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_ownership;
10245 llvm_unreachable("unknown error case for discarding qualifiers!");
10248 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
10249 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
10250 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
10251 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
10252 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
10253 // checkPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
10254 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
10255 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
10256 // of a larger effort to fix checkPointerTypesForAssignment for
10258 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10259 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
10261 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
10263 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
10264 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
10266 case IntToBlockPointer:
10267 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
10269 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
10270 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
10272 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
10273 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
10274 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
10275 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
10277 case IncompatibleVectors:
10278 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
10280 case IncompatibleObjCWeakRef:
10281 DiagKind = diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign;
10284 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
10285 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
10286 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
10288 MayHaveFunctionDiff = true;
10292 QualType FirstType, SecondType;
10295 case AA_Initializing:
10296 // The destination type comes first.
10297 FirstType = DstType;
10298 SecondType = SrcType;
10303 case AA_Converting:
10306 // The source type comes first.
10307 FirstType = SrcType;
10308 SecondType = DstType;
10312 PartialDiagnostic FDiag = PDiag(DiagKind);
10313 FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << Action << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
10315 // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts.
10316 assert(ConvHints.isNull() || Hint.isNull());
10317 if (!ConvHints.isNull()) {
10318 for (std::vector<FixItHint>::iterator HI = ConvHints.Hints.begin(),
10319 HE = ConvHints.Hints.end(); HI != HE; ++HI)
10324 if (MayHaveConvFixit) { FDiag << (unsigned) (ConvHints.Kind); }
10326 if (MayHaveFunctionDiff)
10327 HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(FDiag, SecondType, FirstType);
10331 if (SecondType == Context.OverloadTy)
10332 NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr).Expression,
10335 if (CheckInferredResultType)
10336 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(SrcExpr);
10338 if (Action == AA_Returning && ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer)
10339 EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(DstType);
10342 *Complained = true;
10346 ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
10347 llvm::APSInt *Result) {
10348 class SimpleICEDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser {
10350 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) {
10351 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_expr_not_ice) << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus << SR;
10355 return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser);
10358 ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
10359 llvm::APSInt *Result,
10362 class IDDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser {
10366 IDDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID)
10367 : VerifyICEDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID) { }
10369 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) {
10370 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << SR;
10372 } Diagnoser(DiagID);
10374 return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser, AllowFold);
10377 void Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser::diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10379 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_expr_not_ice) << SR << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus;
10383 Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
10384 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
10386 SourceLocation DiagLoc = E->getLocStart();
10388 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
10389 // C++11 [expr.const]p5:
10390 // If an expression of literal class type is used in a context where an
10391 // integral constant expression is required, then that class type shall
10392 // have a single non-explicit conversion function to an integral or
10393 // unscoped enumeration type
10394 ExprResult Converted;
10395 if (!Diagnoser.Suppress) {
10396 class CXX11ConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
10398 CXX11ConvertDiagnoser() : ICEConvertDiagnoser(false, true) { }
10400 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10402 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_not_integral) << T;
10405 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S,
10406 SourceLocation Loc,
10408 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_incomplete_type) << T;
10411 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S,
10412 SourceLocation Loc,
10415 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
10418 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S,
10419 CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
10421 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here)
10422 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
10425 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10427 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
10430 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S,
10431 CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
10433 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here)
10434 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
10437 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S,
10438 SourceLocation Loc,
10441 return DiagnosticBuilder::getEmpty();
10443 } ConvertDiagnoser;
10445 Converted = ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(DiagLoc, E,
10447 /*AllowScopedEnumerations*/ false);
10449 // The caller wants to silently enquire whether this is an ICE. Don't
10450 // produce any diagnostics if it isn't.
10451 class SilentICEConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
10453 SilentICEConvertDiagnoser() : ICEConvertDiagnoser(true, true) { }
10455 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10457 return DiagnosticBuilder::getEmpty();
10460 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S,
10461 SourceLocation Loc,
10463 return DiagnosticBuilder::getEmpty();
10466 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S,
10467 SourceLocation Loc,
10470 return DiagnosticBuilder::getEmpty();
10473 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S,
10474 CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
10476 return DiagnosticBuilder::getEmpty();
10479 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10481 return DiagnosticBuilder::getEmpty();
10484 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S,
10485 CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
10487 return DiagnosticBuilder::getEmpty();
10490 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S,
10491 SourceLocation Loc,
10494 return DiagnosticBuilder::getEmpty();
10496 } ConvertDiagnoser;
10498 Converted = ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(DiagLoc, E,
10499 ConvertDiagnoser, false);
10501 if (Converted.isInvalid())
10503 E = Converted.take();
10504 if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
10505 return ExprError();
10506 } else if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
10507 // An ICE must be of integral or unscoped enumeration type.
10508 if (!Diagnoser.Suppress)
10509 Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
10510 return ExprError();
10513 // Circumvent ICE checking in C++11 to avoid evaluating the expression twice
10514 // in the non-ICE case.
10515 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
10517 *Result = E->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Context);
10521 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
10522 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
10523 EvalResult.Diag = &Notes;
10525 // Try to evaluate the expression, and produce diagnostics explaining why it's
10526 // not a constant expression as a side-effect.
10527 bool Folded = E->EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult, Context) &&
10528 EvalResult.Val.isInt() && !EvalResult.HasSideEffects;
10530 // In C++11, we can rely on diagnostics being produced for any expression
10531 // which is not a constant expression. If no diagnostics were produced, then
10532 // this is a constant expression.
10533 if (Folded && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Notes.empty()) {
10535 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
10539 // If our only note is the usual "invalid subexpression" note, just point
10540 // the caret at its location rather than producing an essentially
10542 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
10543 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
10544 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
10548 if (!Folded || !AllowFold) {
10549 if (!Diagnoser.Suppress) {
10550 Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
10551 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
10552 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
10555 return ExprError();
10558 Diagnoser.diagnoseFold(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
10559 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
10560 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
10563 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
10568 // Handle the case where we conclude a expression which we speculatively
10569 // considered to be unevaluated is actually evaluated.
10570 class TransformToPE : public TreeTransform<TransformToPE> {
10571 typedef TreeTransform<TransformToPE> BaseTransform;
10574 TransformToPE(Sema &SemaRef) : BaseTransform(SemaRef) { }
10576 // Make sure we redo semantic analysis
10577 bool AlwaysRebuild() { return true; }
10579 // Make sure we handle LabelStmts correctly.
10580 // FIXME: This does the right thing, but maybe we need a more general
10581 // fix to TreeTransform?
10582 StmtResult TransformLabelStmt(LabelStmt *S) {
10583 S->getDecl()->setStmt(0);
10584 return BaseTransform::TransformLabelStmt(S);
10587 // We need to special-case DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls which
10588 // are not part of a member pointer formation; normal TreeTransforming
10589 // doesn't catch this case because of the way we represent them in the AST.
10590 // FIXME: This is a bit ugly; is it really the best way to handle this
10593 // Error on DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls.
10594 ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
10595 if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getDecl()) &&
10596 !SemaRef.isUnevaluatedContext())
10597 return SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocation(),
10598 diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
10599 << E->getDecl() << E->getSourceRange();
10601 return BaseTransform::TransformDeclRefExpr(E);
10604 // Exception: filter out member pointer formation
10605 ExprResult TransformUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
10606 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && E->getType()->isMemberPointerType())
10609 return BaseTransform::TransformUnaryOperator(E);
10612 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) {
10613 // Lambdas never need to be transformed.
10619 ExprResult Sema::TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E) {
10620 assert(isUnevaluatedContext() &&
10621 "Should only transform unevaluated expressions");
10622 ExprEvalContexts.back().Context =
10623 ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size()-2].Context;
10624 if (isUnevaluatedContext())
10626 return TransformToPE(*this).TransformExpr(E);
10630 Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
10631 Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
10633 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
10634 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext,
10635 ExprCleanupObjects.size(),
10639 ExprNeedsCleanups = false;
10640 if (!MaybeODRUseExprs.empty())
10641 std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, ExprEvalContexts.back().SavedMaybeODRUseExprs);
10645 Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
10646 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
10648 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = ExprEvalContexts.back().LambdaContextDecl;
10649 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, IsDecltype);
10652 void Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
10653 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord& Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
10655 if (!Rec.Lambdas.empty()) {
10656 if (Rec.isUnevaluated()) {
10657 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p2:
10658 // A lambda-expression shall not appear in an unevaluated operand
10660 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Rec.Lambdas.size(); I != N; ++I)
10661 Diag(Rec.Lambdas[I]->getLocStart(),
10662 diag::err_lambda_unevaluated_operand);
10664 // Mark the capture expressions odr-used. This was deferred
10665 // during lambda expression creation.
10666 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Rec.Lambdas.size(); I != N; ++I) {
10667 LambdaExpr *Lambda = Rec.Lambdas[I];
10668 for (LambdaExpr::capture_init_iterator
10669 C = Lambda->capture_init_begin(),
10670 CEnd = Lambda->capture_init_end();
10672 MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(*C);
10678 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
10679 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
10680 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
10681 // will never be constructed.
10682 if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.Context == ConstantEvaluated) {
10683 ExprCleanupObjects.erase(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + Rec.NumCleanupObjects,
10684 ExprCleanupObjects.end());
10685 ExprNeedsCleanups = Rec.ParentNeedsCleanups;
10686 CleanupVarDeclMarking();
10687 std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs);
10688 // Otherwise, merge the contexts together.
10690 ExprNeedsCleanups |= Rec.ParentNeedsCleanups;
10691 MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.begin(),
10692 Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.end());
10695 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
10696 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
10699 void Sema::DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext() {
10700 ExprCleanupObjects.erase(
10701 ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects,
10702 ExprCleanupObjects.end());
10703 ExprNeedsCleanups = false;
10704 MaybeODRUseExprs.clear();
10707 ExprResult Sema::HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E) {
10708 if (!E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
10710 return TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
10713 static bool IsPotentiallyEvaluatedContext(Sema &SemaRef) {
10714 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
10715 // an instantiation.
10716 if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext())
10719 switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
10720 case Sema::Unevaluated:
10721 case Sema::UnevaluatedAbstract:
10722 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
10723 // (Depending on how you read the standard, we actually do need to do
10724 // something here for null pointer constants, but the standard's
10725 // definition of a null pointer constant is completely crazy.)
10728 case Sema::ConstantEvaluated:
10729 case Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated:
10730 // We are in a potentially evaluated expression (or a constant-expression
10731 // in C++03); we need to do implicit template instantiation, implicitly
10732 // define class members, and mark most declarations as used.
10735 case Sema::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
10736 // Referenced declarations will only be used if the construct in the
10737 // containing expression is used.
10740 llvm_unreachable("Invalid context");
10743 /// \brief Mark a function referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
10744 /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3)
10745 void Sema::MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func) {
10746 assert(Func && "No function?");
10748 Func->setReferenced();
10750 // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p3:
10751 // A function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression is
10752 // odr-used if it is the unique lookup result or the selected member of a
10753 // set of overloaded functions [...].
10755 // We (incorrectly) mark overload resolution as an unevaluated context, so we
10756 // can just check that here. Skip the rest of this function if we've already
10757 // marked the function as used.
10758 if (Func->isUsed(false) || !IsPotentiallyEvaluatedContext(*this)) {
10759 // C++11 [temp.inst]p3:
10760 // Unless a function template specialization has been explicitly
10761 // instantiated or explicitly specialized, the function template
10762 // specialization is implicitly instantiated when the specialization is
10763 // referenced in a context that requires a function definition to exist.
10765 // We consider constexpr function templates to be referenced in a context
10766 // that requires a definition to exist whenever they are referenced.
10768 // FIXME: This instantiates constexpr functions too frequently. If this is
10769 // really an unevaluated context (and we're not just in the definition of a
10770 // function template or overload resolution or other cases which we
10771 // incorrectly consider to be unevaluated contexts), and we're not in a
10772 // subexpression which we actually need to evaluate (for instance, a
10773 // template argument, array bound or an expression in a braced-init-list),
10774 // we are not permitted to instantiate this constexpr function definition.
10776 // FIXME: This also implicitly defines special members too frequently. They
10777 // are only supposed to be implicitly defined if they are odr-used, but they
10778 // are not odr-used from constant expressions in unevaluated contexts.
10779 // However, they cannot be referenced if they are deleted, and they are
10780 // deleted whenever the implicit definition of the special member would
10782 if (!Func->isConstexpr() || Func->getBody())
10784 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func);
10785 if (!Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable() && (!MD || MD->isUserProvided()))
10789 // Note that this declaration has been used.
10790 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) {
10791 if (Constructor->isDefaulted() && !Constructor->isDeleted()) {
10792 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
10793 if (Constructor->isTrivial())
10795 if (!Constructor->isUsed(false))
10796 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
10797 } else if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) {
10798 if (!Constructor->isUsed(false))
10799 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
10800 } else if (Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) {
10801 if (!Constructor->isUsed(false))
10802 DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
10804 } else if (Constructor->getInheritedConstructor()) {
10805 if (!Constructor->isUsed(false))
10806 DefineInheritingConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
10809 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Constructor->getParent());
10810 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
10811 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) {
10812 if (Destructor->isDefaulted() && !Destructor->isDeleted() &&
10813 !Destructor->isUsed(false))
10814 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
10815 if (Destructor->isVirtual())
10816 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Destructor->getParent());
10817 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func)) {
10818 if (MethodDecl->isDefaulted() && !MethodDecl->isDeleted() &&
10819 MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
10820 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
10821 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed(false)) {
10822 if (MethodDecl->isCopyAssignmentOperator())
10823 DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
10825 DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
10827 } else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl) &&
10828 MethodDecl->getParent()->isLambda()) {
10829 CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl);
10830 if (Conversion->isLambdaToBlockPointerConversion())
10831 DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion);
10833 DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion);
10834 } else if (MethodDecl->isVirtual())
10835 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, MethodDecl->getParent());
10838 // Recursive functions should be marked when used from another function.
10839 // FIXME: Is this really right?
10840 if (CurContext == Func) return;
10842 // Resolve the exception specification for any function which is
10843 // used: CodeGen will need it.
10844 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = Func->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10845 if (FPT && isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType()))
10846 ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT);
10848 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
10849 // class templates.
10850 if (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
10851 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
10852 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Loc;
10853 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
10854 = Func->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
10855 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
10856 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
10857 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
10858 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
10859 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
10860 PointOfInstantiation = SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation();
10862 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
10863 = Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
10864 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
10865 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
10866 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
10867 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
10868 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
10869 PointOfInstantiation = MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation();
10873 if (!AlreadyInstantiated || Func->isConstexpr()) {
10874 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext()) &&
10875 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass())
10876 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(
10877 std::make_pair(Func, PointOfInstantiation));
10878 else if (Func->isConstexpr())
10879 // Do not defer instantiations of constexpr functions, to avoid the
10880 // expression evaluator needing to call back into Sema if it sees a
10881 // call to such a function.
10882 InstantiateFunctionDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Func);
10884 PendingInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Func,
10885 PointOfInstantiation));
10886 // Notify the consumer that a function was implicitly instantiated.
10887 Consumer.HandleCXXImplicitFunctionInstantiation(Func);
10891 // Walk redefinitions, as some of them may be instantiable.
10892 for (FunctionDecl::redecl_iterator i(Func->redecls_begin()),
10893 e(Func->redecls_end()); i != e; ++i) {
10894 if (!i->isUsed(false) && i->isImplicitlyInstantiable())
10895 MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, *i);
10899 // Keep track of used but undefined functions.
10900 if (!Func->isDefined()) {
10901 if (mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(Func))
10902 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc));
10903 else if (Func->getMostRecentDecl()->isInlined() &&
10904 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
10905 !Func->getMostRecentDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
10906 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc));
10909 // Normally the must current decl is marked used while processing the use and
10910 // any subsequent decls are marked used by decl merging. This fails with
10911 // template instantiation since marking can happen at the end of the file
10912 // and, because of the two phase lookup, this function is called with at
10913 // decl in the middle of a decl chain. We loop to maintain the invariant
10914 // that once a decl is used, all decls after it are also used.
10915 for (FunctionDecl *F = Func->getMostRecentDecl();; F = F->getPreviousDecl()) {
10923 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
10924 VarDecl *var, DeclContext *DC) {
10925 DeclContext *VarDC = var->getDeclContext();
10927 // If the parameter still belongs to the translation unit, then
10928 // we're actually just using one parameter in the declaration of
10930 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(var) &&
10931 isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(VarDC))
10934 // For C code, don't diagnose about capture if we're not actually in code
10935 // right now; it's impossible to write a non-constant expression outside of
10936 // function context, so we'll get other (more useful) diagnostics later.
10938 // For C++, things get a bit more nasty... it would be nice to suppress this
10939 // diagnostic for certain cases like using a local variable in an array bound
10940 // for a member of a local class, but the correct predicate is not obvious.
10941 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !S.CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10944 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VarDC) &&
10945 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VarDC->getParent())->isLambda()) {
10946 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_lambda)
10947 << var->getIdentifier();
10948 } else if (FunctionDecl *fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VarDC)) {
10949 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
10950 << var->getIdentifier() << fn->getDeclName();
10951 } else if (isa<BlockDecl>(VarDC)) {
10952 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_block)
10953 << var->getIdentifier();
10955 // FIXME: Is there any other context where a local variable can be
10957 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_context)
10958 << var->getIdentifier();
10961 S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
10962 << var->getIdentifier();
10964 // FIXME: Add additional diagnostic info about class etc. which prevents
10968 /// \brief Capture the given variable in the captured region.
10969 static ExprResult captureInCapturedRegion(Sema &S, CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI,
10970 VarDecl *Var, QualType FieldType,
10971 QualType DeclRefType,
10972 SourceLocation Loc,
10973 bool RefersToEnclosingLocal) {
10974 // The current implemention assumes that all variables are captured
10975 // by references. Since there is no capture by copy, no expression evaluation
10978 RecordDecl *RD = RSI->TheRecordDecl;
10981 = FieldDecl::Create(S.Context, RD, Loc, Loc, 0, FieldType,
10982 S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FieldType, Loc),
10983 0, false, ICIS_NoInit);
10984 Field->setImplicit(true);
10985 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
10986 RD->addDecl(Field);
10988 Expr *Ref = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, RefersToEnclosingLocal,
10989 DeclRefType, VK_LValue, Loc);
10990 Var->setReferenced(true);
10991 Var->setUsed(true);
10996 /// \brief Capture the given variable in the given lambda expression.
10997 static ExprResult captureInLambda(Sema &S, LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
10998 VarDecl *Var, QualType FieldType,
10999 QualType DeclRefType,
11000 SourceLocation Loc,
11001 bool RefersToEnclosingLocal) {
11002 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = LSI->Lambda;
11004 // Build the non-static data member.
11006 = FieldDecl::Create(S.Context, Lambda, Loc, Loc, 0, FieldType,
11007 S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FieldType, Loc),
11008 0, false, ICIS_NoInit);
11009 Field->setImplicit(true);
11010 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
11011 Lambda->addDecl(Field);
11013 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p21:
11014 // When the lambda-expression is evaluated, the entities that
11015 // are captured by copy are used to direct-initialize each
11016 // corresponding non-static data member of the resulting closure
11017 // object. (For array members, the array elements are
11018 // direct-initialized in increasing subscript order.) These
11019 // initializations are performed in the (unspecified) order in
11020 // which the non-static data members are declared.
11022 // Introduce a new evaluation context for the initialization, so
11023 // that temporaries introduced as part of the capture are retained
11024 // to be re-"exported" from the lambda expression itself.
11025 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(S, Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
11027 // C++ [expr.prim.labda]p12:
11028 // An entity captured by a lambda-expression is odr-used (3.2) in
11029 // the scope containing the lambda-expression.
11030 Expr *Ref = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, RefersToEnclosingLocal,
11031 DeclRefType, VK_LValue, Loc);
11032 Var->setReferenced(true);
11033 Var->setUsed(true);
11035 // When the field has array type, create index variables for each
11036 // dimension of the array. We use these index variables to subscript
11037 // the source array, and other clients (e.g., CodeGen) will perform
11038 // the necessary iteration with these index variables.
11039 SmallVector<VarDecl *, 4> IndexVariables;
11040 QualType BaseType = FieldType;
11041 QualType SizeType = S.Context.getSizeType();
11042 LSI->ArrayIndexStarts.push_back(LSI->ArrayIndexVars.size());
11043 while (const ConstantArrayType *Array
11044 = S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseType)) {
11045 // Create the iteration variable for this array index.
11046 IdentifierInfo *IterationVarName = 0;
11048 SmallString<8> Str;
11049 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
11050 OS << "__i" << IndexVariables.size();
11051 IterationVarName = &S.Context.Idents.get(OS.str());
11053 VarDecl *IterationVar
11054 = VarDecl::Create(S.Context, S.CurContext, Loc, Loc,
11055 IterationVarName, SizeType,
11056 S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SizeType, Loc),
11058 IndexVariables.push_back(IterationVar);
11059 LSI->ArrayIndexVars.push_back(IterationVar);
11061 // Create a reference to the iteration variable.
11062 ExprResult IterationVarRef
11063 = S.BuildDeclRefExpr(IterationVar, SizeType, VK_LValue, Loc);
11064 assert(!IterationVarRef.isInvalid() &&
11065 "Reference to invented variable cannot fail!");
11066 IterationVarRef = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(IterationVarRef.take());
11067 assert(!IterationVarRef.isInvalid() &&
11068 "Conversion of invented variable cannot fail!");
11070 // Subscript the array with this iteration variable.
11071 ExprResult Subscript = S.CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(
11072 Ref, Loc, IterationVarRef.take(), Loc);
11073 if (Subscript.isInvalid()) {
11074 S.CleanupVarDeclMarking();
11075 S.DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
11076 return ExprError();
11079 Ref = Subscript.take();
11080 BaseType = Array->getElementType();
11083 // Construct the entity that we will be initializing. For an array, this
11084 // will be first element in the array, which may require several levels
11085 // of array-subscript entities.
11086 SmallVector<InitializedEntity, 4> Entities;
11087 Entities.reserve(1 + IndexVariables.size());
11088 Entities.push_back(
11089 InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture(Var, Field, Loc));
11090 for (unsigned I = 0, N = IndexVariables.size(); I != N; ++I)
11091 Entities.push_back(InitializedEntity::InitializeElement(S.Context,
11095 InitializationKind InitKind
11096 = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc);
11097 InitializationSequence Init(S, Entities.back(), InitKind, Ref);
11098 ExprResult Result(true);
11099 if (!Init.Diagnose(S, Entities.back(), InitKind, Ref))
11100 Result = Init.Perform(S, Entities.back(), InitKind, Ref);
11102 // If this initialization requires any cleanups (e.g., due to a
11103 // default argument to a copy constructor), note that for the
11105 if (S.ExprNeedsCleanups)
11106 LSI->ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
11108 // Exit the expression evaluation context used for the capture.
11109 S.CleanupVarDeclMarking();
11110 S.DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
11114 bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
11115 TryCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
11116 bool BuildAndDiagnose,
11117 QualType &CaptureType,
11118 QualType &DeclRefType) {
11119 bool Nested = false;
11121 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
11122 if (Var->getDeclContext() == DC) return true;
11123 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage()) return true;
11125 bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
11127 // Walk up the stack to determine whether we can capture the variable,
11128 // performing the "simple" checks that don't depend on type. We stop when
11129 // we've either hit the declared scope of the variable or find an existing
11130 // capture of that variable.
11131 CaptureType = Var->getType();
11132 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
11133 bool Explicit = (Kind != TryCapture_Implicit);
11134 unsigned FunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
11136 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can
11137 // capture; other scopes don't work.
11138 DeclContext *ParentDC;
11139 if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) || isa<CapturedDecl>(DC))
11140 ParentDC = DC->getParent();
11141 else if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(DC) &&
11142 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Call &&
11143 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getParent())->isLambda())
11144 ParentDC = DC->getParent()->getParent();
11146 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
11147 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(*this, Loc, Var, DC);
11151 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI =
11152 cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex]);
11154 // Check whether we've already captured it.
11155 if (CSI->CaptureMap.count(Var)) {
11156 // If we found a capture, any subcaptures are nested.
11159 // Retrieve the capture type for this variable.
11160 CaptureType = CSI->getCapture(Var).getCaptureType();
11162 // Compute the type of an expression that refers to this variable.
11163 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
11165 const CapturingScopeInfo::Capture &Cap = CSI->getCapture(Var);
11166 if (Cap.isCopyCapture() &&
11167 !(isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI) && cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Mutable))
11168 DeclRefType.addConst();
11172 bool IsBlock = isa<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI);
11173 bool IsLambda = isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
11175 // Lambdas are not allowed to capture unnamed variables
11176 // (e.g. anonymous unions).
11177 // FIXME: The C++11 rule don't actually state this explicitly, but I'm
11178 // assuming that's the intent.
11179 if (IsLambda && !Var->getDeclName()) {
11180 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
11181 Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_anonymous_var);
11182 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
11187 // Prohibit variably-modified types; they're difficult to deal with.
11188 if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11189 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
11191 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
11193 Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_vm_type) << Var->getDeclName();
11194 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
11195 << Var->getDeclName();
11199 // Prohibit structs with flexible array members too.
11200 // We cannot capture what is in the tail end of the struct.
11201 if (const RecordType *VTTy = Var->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11202 if (VTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
11203 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
11205 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_flexarray_type);
11207 Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_flexarray_type)
11208 << Var->getDeclName();
11209 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
11210 << Var->getDeclName();
11215 // Lambdas are not allowed to capture __block variables; they don't
11216 // support the expected semantics.
11217 if (IsLambda && HasBlocksAttr) {
11218 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
11219 Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_block)
11220 << Var->getDeclName();
11221 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
11222 << Var->getDeclName();
11227 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None && !Explicit) {
11228 // No capture-default
11229 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
11230 Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var->getDeclName();
11231 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
11232 << Var->getDeclName();
11233 Diag(cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Lambda->getLocStart(),
11234 diag::note_lambda_decl);
11239 FunctionScopesIndex--;
11242 } while (!Var->getDeclContext()->Equals(DC));
11244 // Walk back down the scope stack, computing the type of the capture at
11245 // each step, checking type-specific requirements, and adding captures if
11247 for (unsigned I = ++FunctionScopesIndex, N = FunctionScopes.size(); I != N;
11249 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
11251 // Compute the type of the capture and of a reference to the capture within
11253 if (isa<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
11254 Expr *CopyExpr = 0;
11255 bool ByRef = false;
11257 // Blocks are not allowed to capture arrays.
11258 if (CaptureType->isArrayType()) {
11259 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
11260 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
11261 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
11262 << Var->getDeclName();
11267 // Forbid the block-capture of autoreleasing variables.
11268 if (CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
11269 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
11270 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture)
11272 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
11273 << Var->getDeclName();
11278 if (HasBlocksAttr || CaptureType->isReferenceType()) {
11279 // Block capture by reference does not change the capture or
11280 // declaration reference types.
11283 // Block capture by copy introduces 'const'.
11284 CaptureType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType().withConst();
11285 DeclRefType = CaptureType;
11287 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && BuildAndDiagnose) {
11288 if (const RecordType *Record = DeclRefType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11289 // The capture logic needs the destructor, so make sure we mark it.
11290 // Usually this is unnecessary because most local variables have
11291 // their destructors marked at declaration time, but parameters are
11292 // an exception because it's technically only the call site that
11293 // actually requires the destructor.
11294 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var))
11295 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record);
11297 // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the copy
11298 // full-expression.
11299 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
11301 // According to the blocks spec, the capture of a variable from
11302 // the stack requires a const copy constructor. This is not true
11303 // of the copy/move done to move a __block variable to the heap.
11304 Expr *DeclRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, Nested,
11305 DeclRefType.withConst(),
11309 = PerformCopyInitialization(
11310 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(Var->getLocation(),
11311 CaptureType, false),
11312 Loc, Owned(DeclRef));
11314 // Build a full-expression copy expression if initialization
11315 // succeeded and used a non-trivial constructor. Recover from
11316 // errors by pretending that the copy isn't necessary.
11317 if (!Result.isInvalid() &&
11318 !cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Result.get())->getConstructor()
11320 Result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Result);
11321 CopyExpr = Result.take();
11327 // Actually capture the variable.
11328 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
11329 CSI->addCapture(Var, HasBlocksAttr, ByRef, Nested, Loc,
11330 SourceLocation(), CaptureType, CopyExpr);
11335 if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
11336 // By default, capture variables by reference.
11338 // Using an LValue reference type is consistent with Lambdas (see below).
11339 CaptureType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
11341 Expr *CopyExpr = 0;
11342 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
11343 ExprResult Result = captureInCapturedRegion(*this, RSI, Var,
11344 CaptureType, DeclRefType,
11346 if (!Result.isInvalid())
11347 CopyExpr = Result.take();
11350 // Actually capture the variable.
11351 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
11352 CSI->addCapture(Var, /*isBlock*/false, ByRef, Nested, Loc,
11353 SourceLocation(), CaptureType, CopyExpr);
11358 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
11360 // Determine whether we are capturing by reference or by value.
11361 bool ByRef = false;
11362 if (I == N - 1 && Kind != TryCapture_Implicit) {
11363 ByRef = (Kind == TryCapture_ExplicitByRef);
11365 ByRef = (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == LambdaScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref);
11368 // Compute the type of the field that will capture this variable.
11370 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p15:
11371 // An entity is captured by reference if it is implicitly or
11372 // explicitly captured but not captured by copy. It is
11373 // unspecified whether additional unnamed non-static data
11374 // members are declared in the closure type for entities
11375 // captured by reference.
11377 // FIXME: It is not clear whether we want to build an lvalue reference
11378 // to the DeclRefType or to CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(). GCC appears
11379 // to do the former, while EDG does the latter. Core issue 1249 will
11380 // clarify, but for now we follow GCC because it's a more permissive and
11381 // easily defensible position.
11382 CaptureType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
11384 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p14:
11385 // For each entity captured by copy, an unnamed non-static
11386 // data member is declared in the closure type. The
11387 // declaration order of these members is unspecified. The type
11388 // of such a data member is the type of the corresponding
11389 // captured entity if the entity is not a reference to an
11390 // object, or the referenced type otherwise. [Note: If the
11391 // captured entity is a reference to a function, the
11392 // corresponding data member is also a reference to a
11393 // function. - end note ]
11394 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = CaptureType->getAs<ReferenceType>()){
11395 if (!RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType())
11396 CaptureType = RefType->getPointeeType();
11399 // Forbid the lambda copy-capture of autoreleasing variables.
11400 if (CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
11401 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
11402 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture) << /*lambda*/ 1;
11403 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
11404 << Var->getDeclName();
11410 // Capture this variable in the lambda.
11411 Expr *CopyExpr = 0;
11412 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
11413 ExprResult Result = captureInLambda(*this, LSI, Var, CaptureType,
11416 if (!Result.isInvalid())
11417 CopyExpr = Result.take();
11420 // Compute the type of a reference to this captured variable.
11422 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
11424 // C++ [expr.prim.lambda]p5:
11425 // The closure type for a lambda-expression has a public inline
11426 // function call operator [...]. This function call operator is
11427 // declared const (9.3.1) if and only if the lambda-expression’s
11428 // parameter-declaration-clause is not followed by mutable.
11429 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
11430 if (!LSI->Mutable && !CaptureType->isReferenceType())
11431 DeclRefType.addConst();
11434 // Add the capture.
11435 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
11436 CSI->addCapture(Var, /*IsBlock=*/false, ByRef, Nested, Loc,
11437 EllipsisLoc, CaptureType, CopyExpr);
11444 bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
11445 TryCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) {
11446 QualType CaptureType;
11447 QualType DeclRefType;
11448 return tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, Kind, EllipsisLoc,
11449 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/true, CaptureType,
11453 QualType Sema::getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) {
11454 QualType CaptureType;
11455 QualType DeclRefType;
11457 // Determine whether we can capture this variable.
11458 if (tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(),
11459 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType, DeclRefType))
11462 return DeclRefType;
11465 static void MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *Var,
11466 SourceLocation Loc) {
11467 // Keep track of used but undefined variables.
11468 // FIXME: We shouldn't suppress this warning for static data members.
11469 if (Var->hasDefinition(SemaRef.Context) == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly &&
11470 Var->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage &&
11471 !(Var->isStaticDataMember() && Var->hasInit())) {
11472 SourceLocation &old = SemaRef.UndefinedButUsed[Var->getCanonicalDecl()];
11473 if (old.isInvalid()) old = Loc;
11476 SemaRef.tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc);
11478 Var->setUsed(true);
11481 void Sema::UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E) {
11482 // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it is
11483 // an object that satisfies the requirements for appearing in a
11484 // constant expression (5.19) and the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1)
11485 // is immediately applied." This function handles the lvalue-to-rvalue
11486 // conversion part.
11487 MaybeODRUseExprs.erase(E->IgnoreParens());
11490 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res) {
11491 if (!Res.isUsable())
11494 // If a constant-expression is a reference to a variable where we delay
11495 // deciding whether it is an odr-use, just assume we will apply the
11496 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. In the one case where this doesn't happen
11497 // (a non-type template argument), we have special handling anyway.
11498 UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Res.get());
11502 void Sema::CleanupVarDeclMarking() {
11503 for (llvm::SmallPtrSetIterator<Expr*> i = MaybeODRUseExprs.begin(),
11504 e = MaybeODRUseExprs.end();
11507 SourceLocation Loc;
11508 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(*i)) {
11509 Var = cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
11510 Loc = DRE->getLocation();
11511 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(*i)) {
11512 Var = cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
11513 Loc = ME->getMemberLoc();
11515 llvm_unreachable("Unexpcted expression");
11518 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(*this, Var, Loc);
11521 MaybeODRUseExprs.clear();
11524 // Mark a VarDecl referenced, and perform the necessary handling to compute
11526 static void DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc,
11527 VarDecl *Var, Expr *E) {
11528 Var->setReferenced();
11530 if (!IsPotentiallyEvaluatedContext(SemaRef))
11533 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
11534 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() && Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
11535 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
11536 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
11537 bool AlreadyInstantiated = !MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid();
11538 if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation &&
11539 (!AlreadyInstantiated ||
11540 Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context))) {
11541 if (!AlreadyInstantiated) {
11542 // This is a modification of an existing AST node. Notify listeners.
11543 if (ASTMutationListener *L = SemaRef.getASTMutationListener())
11544 L->StaticDataMemberInstantiated(Var);
11545 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
11547 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation();
11548 if (Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context))
11549 // Do not defer instantiations of variables which could be used in a
11550 // constant expression.
11551 SemaRef.InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(PointOfInstantiation,Var);
11553 SemaRef.PendingInstantiations.push_back(
11554 std::make_pair(Var, PointOfInstantiation));
11558 // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it satisfies
11559 // the requirements for appearing in a constant expression (5.19) and, if
11560 // it is an object, the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1)
11561 // is immediately applied." We check the first part here, and
11562 // Sema::UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue deals with the second part.
11563 // Note that we use the C++11 definition everywhere because nothing in
11564 // C++03 depends on whether we get the C++03 version correct. The second
11565 // part does not apply to references, since they are not objects.
11566 const VarDecl *DefVD;
11567 if (E && !isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var) &&
11568 Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context) &&
11569 Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD) && DefVD->checkInitIsICE()) {
11570 if (!Var->getType()->isReferenceType())
11571 SemaRef.MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(E);
11573 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(SemaRef, Var, Loc);
11576 /// \brief Mark a variable referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
11577 /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3). Note that this should not be
11578 /// used directly for normal expressions referring to VarDecl.
11579 void Sema::MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var) {
11580 DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(*this, Loc, Var, 0);
11583 static void MarkExprReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc,
11584 Decl *D, Expr *E, bool OdrUse) {
11585 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
11586 DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(SemaRef, Loc, Var, E);
11590 SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, OdrUse);
11592 // If this is a call to a method via a cast, also mark the method in the
11593 // derived class used in case codegen can devirtualize the call.
11594 const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
11597 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
11600 const Expr *Base = ME->getBase();
11601 const CXXRecordDecl *MostDerivedClassDecl = Base->getBestDynamicClassType();
11602 if (!MostDerivedClassDecl)
11604 CXXMethodDecl *DM = MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(MostDerivedClassDecl);
11605 if (!DM || DM->isPure())
11607 SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, DM, OdrUse);
11610 /// \brief Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a DeclRefExpr.
11611 void Sema::MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E) {
11612 // TODO: update this with DR# once a defect report is filed.
11613 // C++11 defect. The address of a pure member should not be an ODR use, even
11614 // if it's a qualified reference.
11615 bool OdrUse = true;
11616 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getDecl()))
11617 if (Method->isVirtual())
11619 MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getLocation(), E->getDecl(), E, OdrUse);
11622 /// \brief Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a MemberExpr.
11623 void Sema::MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E) {
11624 // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p2:
11625 // A non-overloaded function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated
11626 // expression or a member of a set of candidate functions, if selected by
11627 // overload resolution when referred to from a potentially-evaluated
11628 // expression, is odr-used, unless it is a pure virtual function and its
11629 // name is not explicitly qualified.
11630 bool OdrUse = true;
11631 if (!E->hasQualifier()) {
11632 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()))
11633 if (Method->isPure())
11636 SourceLocation Loc = E->getMemberLoc().isValid() ?
11637 E->getMemberLoc() : E->getLocStart();
11638 MarkExprReferenced(*this, Loc, E->getMemberDecl(), E, OdrUse);
11641 /// \brief Perform marking for a reference to an arbitrary declaration. It
11642 /// marks the declaration referenced, and performs odr-use checking for functions
11643 /// and variables. This method should not be used when building an normal
11644 /// expression which refers to a variable.
11645 void Sema::MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse) {
11647 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
11648 MarkVariableReferenced(Loc, VD);
11651 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
11652 MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, FD);
11656 D->setReferenced();
11660 // Mark all of the declarations referenced
11661 // FIXME: Not fully implemented yet! We need to have a better understanding
11662 // of when we're entering
11663 class MarkReferencedDecls : public RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> {
11665 SourceLocation Loc;
11668 typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> Inherited;
11670 MarkReferencedDecls(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) : S(S), Loc(Loc) { }
11672 bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg);
11673 bool TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T);
11677 bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseTemplateArgument(
11678 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
11679 if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) {
11680 if (Decl *D = Arg.getAsDecl())
11681 S.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, true);
11684 return Inherited::TraverseTemplateArgument(Arg);
11687 bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T) {
11688 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
11689 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(T->getDecl())) {
11690 const TemplateArgumentList &Args = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
11691 return TraverseTemplateArguments(Args.data(), Args.size());
11697 void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
11698 MarkReferencedDecls Marker(*this, Loc);
11699 Marker.TraverseType(Context.getCanonicalType(T));
11703 /// \brief Helper class that marks all of the declarations referenced by
11704 /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
11705 class EvaluatedExprMarker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> {
11707 bool SkipLocalVariables;
11710 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> Inherited;
11712 EvaluatedExprMarker(Sema &S, bool SkipLocalVariables)
11713 : Inherited(S.Context), S(S), SkipLocalVariables(SkipLocalVariables) { }
11715 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
11716 // If we were asked not to visit local variables, don't.
11717 if (SkipLocalVariables) {
11718 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(E->getDecl()))
11719 if (VD->hasLocalStorage())
11723 S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(E);
11726 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
11727 S.MarkMemberReferenced(E);
11728 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E);
11731 void VisitCXXBindTemporaryExpr(CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E) {
11732 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(),
11733 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(E->getTemporary()->getDestructor()));
11734 Visit(E->getSubExpr());
11737 void VisitCXXNewExpr(CXXNewExpr *E) {
11738 if (E->getOperatorNew())
11739 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorNew());
11740 if (E->getOperatorDelete())
11741 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
11742 Inherited::VisitCXXNewExpr(E);
11745 void VisitCXXDeleteExpr(CXXDeleteExpr *E) {
11746 if (E->getOperatorDelete())
11747 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
11748 QualType Destroyed = S.Context.getBaseElementType(E->getDestroyedType());
11749 if (const RecordType *DestroyedRec = Destroyed->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11750 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DestroyedRec->getDecl());
11751 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(),
11752 S.LookupDestructor(Record));
11755 Inherited::VisitCXXDeleteExpr(E);
11758 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
11759 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getConstructor());
11760 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
11763 void VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) {
11764 Visit(E->getExpr());
11767 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
11768 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
11770 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
11771 S.UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(E->getSubExpr());
11776 /// \brief Mark any declarations that appear within this expression or any
11777 /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
11779 /// \param SkipLocalVariables If true, don't mark local variables as
11781 void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
11782 bool SkipLocalVariables) {
11783 EvaluatedExprMarker(*this, SkipLocalVariables).Visit(E);
11786 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
11787 /// of the program being compiled.
11789 /// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
11790 /// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
11791 /// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
11792 /// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
11793 /// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
11794 /// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
11795 /// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
11798 /// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
11799 /// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
11800 /// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
11801 /// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
11802 bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
11803 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
11804 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
11806 case UnevaluatedAbstract:
11807 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
11810 case ConstantEvaluated:
11811 // Relevant diagnostics should be produced by constant evaluation.
11814 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
11815 case PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
11816 if (Statement && getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
11817 FunctionScopes.back()->PossiblyUnreachableDiags.
11818 push_back(sema::PossiblyUnreachableDiag(PD, Loc, Statement));
11829 bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
11830 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
11831 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
11834 // If we're inside a decltype's expression, don't check for a valid return
11835 // type or construct temporaries until we know whether this is the last call.
11836 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype) {
11837 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.push_back(CE);
11841 class CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
11846 CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *CE)
11847 : FD(FD), CE(CE) { }
11849 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
11851 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
11852 << T << CE->getSourceRange();
11856 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
11857 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() << T;
11858 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
11859 diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
11860 << FD->getDeclName();
11862 } Diagnoser(FD, CE);
11864 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType, Diagnoser))
11870 // Diagnose the s/=/==/ and s/\|=/!=/ typos. Note that adding parentheses
11871 // will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
11872 void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
11873 SourceLocation Loc;
11875 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
11876 bool IsOrAssign = false;
11878 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
11879 if (Op->getOpcode() != BO_Assign && Op->getOpcode() != BO_OrAssign)
11882 IsOrAssign = Op->getOpcode() == BO_OrAssign;
11884 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
11885 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
11886 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
11887 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
11889 // self = [<foo> init...]
11890 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) && Sel.getNameForSlot(0).startswith("init"))
11891 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
11893 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
11894 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() && Sel.getNameForSlot(0) == "nextObject")
11895 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
11898 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
11899 } else if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
11900 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal && Op->getOperator() != OO_PipeEqual)
11903 IsOrAssign = Op->getOperator() == OO_PipeEqual;
11904 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
11905 } else if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E))
11906 return DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(POE->getSyntacticForm());
11908 // Not an assignment.
11912 Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange();
11914 SourceLocation Open = E->getLocStart();
11915 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
11916 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence)
11917 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
11918 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
11921 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_or_assign_to_comparison)
11922 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "!=");
11924 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
11925 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
11928 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
11929 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
11930 void Sema::DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE) {
11931 // Don't warn if the parens came from a macro.
11932 SourceLocation parenLoc = ParenE->getLocStart();
11933 if (parenLoc.isInvalid() || parenLoc.isMacroID())
11935 // Don't warn for dependent expressions.
11936 if (ParenE->isTypeDependent())
11939 Expr *E = ParenE->IgnoreParens();
11941 if (BinaryOperator *opE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
11942 if (opE->getOpcode() == BO_EQ &&
11943 opE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->isModifiableLvalue(Context)
11944 == Expr::MLV_Valid) {
11945 SourceLocation Loc = opE->getOperatorLoc();
11947 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_equality_with_extra_parens) << E->getSourceRange();
11948 SourceRange ParenERange = ParenE->getSourceRange();
11949 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_silence)
11950 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getBegin())
11951 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getEnd());
11952 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_to_assign)
11953 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "=");
11957 ExprResult Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
11958 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
11959 if (ParenExpr *parenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
11960 DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(parenE);
11962 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
11963 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11966 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
11967 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11968 return CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E); // C++ 6.4p4
11970 ExprResult ERes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
11971 if (ERes.isInvalid())
11972 return ExprError();
11975 QualType T = E->getType();
11976 if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
11977 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
11978 << T << E->getSourceRange();
11979 return ExprError();
11986 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
11989 return ExprError();
11991 return CheckBooleanCondition(SubExpr, Loc);
11995 /// A visitor for rebuilding a call to an __unknown_any expression
11996 /// to have an appropriate type.
11997 struct RebuildUnknownAnyFunction
11998 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyFunction, ExprResult> {
12002 RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S) : S(S) {}
12004 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
12005 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
12008 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
12009 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_call)
12010 << E->getSourceRange();
12011 return ExprError();
12014 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
12015 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
12016 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
12017 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
12018 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
12020 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.take();
12021 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
12022 E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
12023 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
12024 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
12028 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
12029 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
12032 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
12033 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
12036 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
12037 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
12038 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
12040 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.take();
12041 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
12042 E->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()));
12043 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
12044 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
12048 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
12049 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) return VisitExpr(E);
12051 E->setType(VD->getType());
12053 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
12054 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12055 !(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VD) &&
12056 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isInstance()))
12057 E->setValueKind(VK_LValue);
12062 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
12063 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
12066 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
12067 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
12072 /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
12073 /// to have a function type.
12074 static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *FunctionExpr) {
12075 ExprResult Result = RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(S).Visit(FunctionExpr);
12076 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
12077 return S.DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Result.take());
12081 /// A visitor for rebuilding an expression of type __unknown_anytype
12082 /// into one which resolves the type directly on the referring
12083 /// expression. Strict preservation of the original source
12084 /// structure is not a goal.
12085 struct RebuildUnknownAnyExpr
12086 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyExpr, ExprResult> {
12090 /// The current destination type.
12093 RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, QualType CastType)
12094 : S(S), DestType(CastType) {}
12096 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
12097 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
12100 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
12101 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
12102 << E->getSourceRange();
12103 return ExprError();
12106 ExprResult VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E);
12107 ExprResult VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E);
12109 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
12110 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
12111 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
12112 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
12113 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
12114 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.take();
12115 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
12116 E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
12117 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
12118 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
12122 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
12123 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
12126 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
12127 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
12130 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
12131 const PointerType *Ptr = DestType->getAs<PointerType>();
12133 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof)
12134 << E->getSourceRange();
12135 return ExprError();
12137 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
12138 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
12139 E->setType(DestType);
12141 // Build the sub-expression as if it were an object of the pointee type.
12142 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
12143 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
12144 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
12145 E->setSubExpr(SubResult.take());
12149 ExprResult VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E);
12151 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD);
12153 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
12154 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
12157 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
12158 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
12163 /// Rebuilds a call expression which yielded __unknown_anytype.
12164 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
12165 Expr *CalleeExpr = E->getCallee();
12169 FK_FunctionPointer,
12174 QualType CalleeType = CalleeExpr->getType();
12175 if (CalleeType == S.Context.BoundMemberTy) {
12176 assert(isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E));
12177 Kind = FK_MemberFunction;
12178 CalleeType = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CalleeExpr);
12179 } else if (const PointerType *Ptr = CalleeType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
12180 CalleeType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
12181 Kind = FK_FunctionPointer;
12183 CalleeType = CalleeType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
12184 Kind = FK_BlockPointer;
12186 const FunctionType *FnType = CalleeType->castAs<FunctionType>();
12188 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a function.
12189 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
12190 unsigned diagID = diag::err_func_returning_array_function;
12191 if (Kind == FK_BlockPointer)
12192 diagID = diag::err_block_returning_array_function;
12194 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diagID)
12195 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
12196 return ExprError();
12199 // Otherwise, go ahead and set DestType as the call's result.
12200 E->setType(DestType.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context));
12201 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
12202 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
12204 // Rebuild the function type, replacing the result type with DestType.
12205 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnType))
12207 S.Context.getFunctionType(DestType,
12208 ArrayRef<QualType>(Proto->arg_type_begin(),
12209 Proto->getNumArgs()),
12210 Proto->getExtProtoInfo());
12212 DestType = S.Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(DestType,
12213 FnType->getExtInfo());
12215 // Rebuild the appropriate pointer-to-function type.
12217 case FK_MemberFunction:
12221 case FK_FunctionPointer:
12222 DestType = S.Context.getPointerType(DestType);
12225 case FK_BlockPointer:
12226 DestType = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(DestType);
12230 // Finally, we can recurse.
12231 ExprResult CalleeResult = Visit(CalleeExpr);
12232 if (!CalleeResult.isUsable()) return ExprError();
12233 E->setCallee(CalleeResult.take());
12235 // Bind a temporary if necessary.
12236 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
12239 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {
12240 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a call.
12241 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
12242 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_func_returning_array_function)
12243 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
12244 return ExprError();
12247 // Rewrite the method result type if available.
12248 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = E->getMethodDecl()) {
12249 assert(Method->getResultType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy);
12250 Method->setResultType(DestType);
12253 // Change the type of the message.
12254 E->setType(DestType.getNonReferenceType());
12255 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
12257 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
12260 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
12261 // The only case we should ever see here is a function-to-pointer decay.
12262 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_FunctionToPointerDecay) {
12263 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
12264 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
12266 E->setType(DestType);
12268 // Rebuild the sub-expression as the pointee (function) type.
12269 DestType = DestType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
12271 ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
12272 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
12274 E->setSubExpr(Result.take());
12276 } else if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
12277 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
12278 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
12280 assert(isa<BlockPointerType>(E->getType()));
12282 E->setType(DestType);
12284 // The sub-expression has to be a lvalue reference, so rebuild it as such.
12285 DestType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DestType);
12287 ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
12288 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
12290 E->setSubExpr(Result.take());
12293 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast type!");
12297 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
12298 ExprValueKind ValueKind = VK_LValue;
12299 QualType Type = DestType;
12301 // We know how to make this work for certain kinds of decls:
12304 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
12305 if (const PointerType *Ptr = Type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
12306 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
12307 ExprResult Result = resolveDecl(E, VD);
12308 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
12309 return S.ImpCastExprToType(Result.take(), Type,
12310 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, VK_RValue);
12313 if (!Type->isFunctionType()) {
12314 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_function)
12315 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
12316 return ExprError();
12319 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
12320 if (MD->isInstance()) {
12321 ValueKind = VK_RValue;
12322 Type = S.Context.BoundMemberTy;
12325 // Function references aren't l-values in C.
12326 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12327 ValueKind = VK_RValue;
12330 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(VD)) {
12331 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
12332 Type = RefTy->getPointeeType();
12333 } else if (Type->isFunctionType()) {
12334 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_var_function_type)
12335 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
12336 return ExprError();
12341 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_decl)
12342 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
12343 return ExprError();
12346 VD->setType(DestType);
12348 E->setValueKind(ValueKind);
12352 /// Check a cast of an unknown-any type. We intentionally only
12353 /// trigger this for C-style casts.
12354 ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
12355 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
12356 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path) {
12357 // Rewrite the casted expression from scratch.
12358 ExprResult result = RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, CastType).Visit(CastExpr);
12359 if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
12361 CastExpr = result.take();
12362 VK = CastExpr->getValueKind();
12363 CastKind = CK_NoOp;
12368 ExprResult Sema::forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType) {
12369 return RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, ToType).Visit(E);
12372 ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
12373 Expr *arg, QualType ¶mType) {
12374 // If the syntactic form of the argument is not an explicit cast of
12375 // any sort, just do default argument promotion.
12376 ExplicitCastExpr *castArg = dyn_cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(arg->IgnoreParens());
12378 ExprResult result = DefaultArgumentPromotion(arg);
12379 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
12380 paramType = result.get()->getType();
12384 // Otherwise, use the type that was written in the explicit cast.
12385 assert(!arg->hasPlaceholderType());
12386 paramType = castArg->getTypeAsWritten();
12388 // Copy-initialize a parameter of that type.
12389 InitializedEntity entity =
12390 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, paramType,
12391 /*consumed*/ false);
12392 return PerformCopyInitialization(entity, callLoc, Owned(arg));
12395 static ExprResult diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
12397 unsigned diagID = diag::err_uncasted_use_of_unknown_any;
12399 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
12400 if (CallExpr *call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
12401 E = call->getCallee();
12402 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
12408 SourceLocation loc;
12410 if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
12411 loc = ref->getLocation();
12412 d = ref->getDecl();
12413 } else if (MemberExpr *mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
12414 loc = mem->getMemberLoc();
12415 d = mem->getMemberDecl();
12416 } else if (ObjCMessageExpr *msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
12417 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
12418 loc = msg->getSelectorStartLoc();
12419 d = msg->getMethodDecl();
12421 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_uncasted_send_to_unknown_any_method)
12422 << static_cast<unsigned>(msg->isClassMessage()) << msg->getSelector()
12423 << orig->getSourceRange();
12424 return ExprError();
12427 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
12428 << E->getSourceRange();
12429 return ExprError();
12432 S.Diag(loc, diagID) << d << orig->getSourceRange();
12434 // Never recoverable.
12435 return ExprError();
12438 /// Check for operands with placeholder types and complain if found.
12439 /// Returns true if there was an error and no recovery was possible.
12440 ExprResult Sema::CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E) {
12441 const BuiltinType *placeholderType = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType();
12442 if (!placeholderType) return Owned(E);
12444 switch (placeholderType->getKind()) {
12446 // Overloaded expressions.
12447 case BuiltinType::Overload: {
12448 // Try to resolve a single function template specialization.
12449 // This is obligatory.
12450 ExprResult result = Owned(E);
12451 if (ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(result, false)) {
12454 // If that failed, try to recover with a call.
12456 tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_unresolvable),
12457 /*complain*/ true);
12462 // Bound member functions.
12463 case BuiltinType::BoundMember: {
12464 ExprResult result = Owned(E);
12465 tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PDiag(diag::err_bound_member_function),
12466 /*complain*/ true);
12470 // ARC unbridged casts.
12471 case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: {
12472 Expr *realCast = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
12473 diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(realCast);
12474 return Owned(realCast);
12477 // Expressions of unknown type.
12478 case BuiltinType::UnknownAny:
12479 return diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(*this, E);
12482 case BuiltinType::PseudoObject:
12483 return checkPseudoObjectRValue(E);
12485 case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn:
12486 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_fn_use);
12487 return ExprError();
12489 // Everything else should be impossible.
12490 #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) \
12491 case BuiltinType::Id:
12492 #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId)
12493 #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
12497 llvm_unreachable("invalid placeholder type!");
12500 bool Sema::CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E) {
12501 if (E->isTypeDependent())
12503 if (E->isValueDependent() || E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context))
12504 return E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType();
12508 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
12510 Sema::ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
12511 assert((Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) &&
12512 "Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!");
12513 QualType BoolT = Context.ObjCBuiltinBoolTy;
12514 if (!Context.getBOOLDecl()) {
12515 LookupResult Result(*this, &Context.Idents.get("BOOL"), OpLoc,
12516 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
12517 if (LookupName(Result, getCurScope()) && Result.isSingleResult()) {
12518 NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
12519 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(ND))
12520 Context.setBOOLDecl(TD);
12523 if (Context.getBOOLDecl())
12524 BoolT = Context.getBOOLType();
12525 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes,